WQ0042881_Application_20211006

Initial Review
Reviewer Thornburg, Nathaniel D
Is this submittal an application? (Excluding additional information.)*
r Yes r No
Permit Number (IR)* WQ0042881
Applicant/Permittee Craig A. and Shannon B. Carter
Applicant/Permittee Address 8271 Quail Hollow Drive, Harrisburg, INC 28075
Is the owner in BIMS? r Yes r No Is the facility in BIMS? r• Yes r No
Owner Type
Individual
Facility Name
Parcel No. 55498193060000 Abilene Rd. SFR
County
Cabarrus
Fee Category Single -Family Residence
Is this a complete
application?*
c Yes r No
Signature Authority
Signature Authority Title
Signature Authority Email
Document Type (if non -application)
Email Notifications
Does this need review bythe hydrogeologist?* r Yes r No
Regional Office
CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer
Fee Amount $60
Complete App Date 10/06/2021
Below list any additional email address that need notification about a new project.
Email Address
Comments to be added to email notfication
Comments for Admin
Comments for RO

Comments for Reviewer
Comments for Applicant

Submittal Form
Project Contact Information
Rease provide infornation on the person to be contacted by NB Staff
Name * Jessi Banks
Email Address*
jbanks@agri\Ataste.com
electronic subnittal, confirmation of receipt, and other correspondence.
Project Information
........ ......... ..........................................................................................................................................
Application/Document Type* r New (Fee Req ui red)
• Modification - Major (Fee Required)
• Renewal with Major Modification (Fee
Required)
r Annual Report
• Additional Information
• Other
Phone Number*
9198590669
O Modification - Minor
C Renewal
C GW-59, NDMR, NDMLR, NDAR-1,
NDAR-2
r Residual Annual Report
r Change of Ownership
We no longer accept these monitoring reports through this portal. Please click on the link below and it will take you to the correct form.
https://edocs.deq.nc.gov/Forms/NonDischarge_Monitoring_Report
Permit Type:* r Wastewater Irrigation
r High -Rate Infiltration
r Other Wastewater
r Reclaimed Water
r Closed -Loop Recycle
r Residuals
r Single -Family Residence Wastewater
r Other
Irrigation
Applicant/Permittee * Craig A. and Shannon B. Carter
Applicant/Permittee Address* 8271 Quail Hollow Drive, Harrisburg, NC 28075
Facility Name * Parcel No. 55498193060000 Abilene Rd. SFR
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
This submittal is a surface system design for a three (3) bedroom single family residence.
At this time, paper copies are no longer required. If you have any questions about what is required, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg
at [e-mail].
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be reviewed here.*
(Application Form} Engineering Rans, Specifications, Calculations, Bc.)
Carter Property WWTS - Design Package (Stamped).pdf 31.18MB
Upload only 1 FLFdocurrent (less than 250 NB). NLRiple docurrents mist be combined into one R7Ffile unless file is larger than
upload limit.
* V By checking this box, I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be
accepted for pre -review until the fee (if required) has been received by the Non -
Discharge Branch. Application fees must be submitted by check or money order
and made payable to the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality
(NCDEQ). I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with all parts
of the application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Mail payment to:
NCDEQ — Division of Water Resources
Attn: Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Signature
O�-s' ff
Submission Date 9/28/2021

Z 7\ \� 2
Engineers, and Soil Scientists
A gi-W st 'Feclhrreob9'y, hc,
Apex, I arttCwahria 2"7502 September 28, 2021
919-64159-0069 p
v/rJ °rJ g i it f %rAt,
AEI
Nathaniel D. Thornburg t p � u�g
Environmental Program Supervisor III ��rP��iu
NC Department of Environmental Quality ��lA'kal ��°�
512 N. Salisbu ry Street °hya � "f "7 �" ,`% """' -
���„�9r
Raleigh, NC 27699
Subject: Carter Property WWTS �'' Ma•�
Abilene Road �.
Concord, NC 28025
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Cabarrus County
PIN# 55498193060000
Dear Mr. Thornburg;
Please consider this information for an application for a single-family residence (SFR)
wastewater irrigation system. The property is located on Abilene Road in Concord, NC.
A physical address has not yet been assigned for this property. An AdvanTex treatment
system with non -discharge surface drip irrigation has been designed for the property.
The AdvanTex treatment system and dripfield are designed for a three -bedroom single
family residence (360 gpd).
Please Note the Following:
This application is being submitted in conjunction with an application titled as the
"Downey Property." The intent of the current property owners, Craig Allan Carter &
Shannon Barringer Carter, is to subdivide a portion of the property to allow for a
residence and non -discharge drainfield for Daniel W. Downey & Kami J. Downey.
Appendix E of this letter includes a document indicating the intent to transfer the
subdivided land to the Downeys. The system design drawings indicate the proposed
property lines.
At this time, the final subdivision and creation of the new lot has not been recorded. The
concern of the property owner was that the property would not be subdivided if the non -
discharge wastewater permits were not able to be granted. Realizing that a permit can not
be issued to a non -recorded lot, I would ask that the review of the application takes place
with the proposed property lines. Once all foreseen issues are addressed through the
normal review process and it is expected that a permit could be issued for each property,

we will complete the recordation and lot creation. At that time, we will update the
application information for final submittal. Once the updated property and application
information is submitted and the Department completes the final reviews, we would hope
the permits would be issued.
The following information is included for your review (with the assumption of utilizing
the proposed property lines).
Section A: Cover Letter
- Included as this letter.
Section B: Application Fee
- Application Fee Included.
Section C: SFR Wastewater Irrigation System Application
- Form Included (Appendix C).
Section D: Existing Permit
- N/A New Application.
Section E: Property Ownership Documentation
- Purchase Agreement Included (Appendix E).
- Setback Waiver Included (Appendix E).
Section F: Soil Evaluation
- Report Included (Appendix F).
Section G: Engineering Plans
- Included (Appendix G).
Section H: System Specifications
- Included (Appendix H).
Section I: Engineering Calculations
- Included (Appendix I).
Section J: Site Map
- Map Included (Appendix J).
Section K: Operation and Maintenance Plan
- Plan Included (Appendix K).
Section L: Operation and Maintenance Agreement
- Agreement Included (Appendix L).

Section M: County Health Department Denial Letter
- County Correspondence Included (Appendix M).
Section N: Floodway Regulation Compliance
- The site is not located in the 100-year floodplain (per map).
- Information Included (Appendix N).
Section O: Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation
- According to The Natural Heritage Program review, there are no
threatened or endangered aquatic species located within the project area.
Please Note — while the letter indicates "Downey", it covers the entire
undivided property (Carter and Downey).
- Information Included (Appendix O).
Section P: Other Environmental Permits
-N/A no stream or wetland crossings.
Thank you for your review of this information. If you have any questions or comments
on this information, please feel free to contact me at kdavidsonAagriwaste.com or via
telephone at 919-859-0669.
Regards,
Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
VP of Engineering

Appendix List
Appendix C SFR Wastewater Irrigation System Application
Appendix E Property Ownership Documentation
Appendix F Soil Evaluation
Appendix G Engineering Plans
Appendix H System Specifications
Appendix I Engineering Calculations
Appendix J Site Map
Appendix K Operation and Maintenance Plan
Appendix L Operation and Maintenance Agreement
Appendix M County Health Department Denial Letter
Appendix N Floodway Regulation Compliance
Appendix O Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species
Documentation
4

Appendix B
Application Fee

Appendix C
Wastewater Irrigation Systems Application

DWR State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans, specifications
and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100, 15A NCAC 02T
.0600, 15A NCAC 18A .1900, Division Policies and good engineering practices. Failure to submit all required items may result
in the application being returned, and will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — When submitting a non -discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit,
please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions
and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials
and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one original
and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the
requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ).
❑ The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project
Fees.
C. Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application
package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as
long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina Secretary of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate
filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
® The facility name in Item IL2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by allorth Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS
06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate
person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A
NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
❑ Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
E. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
® Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or
® Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
® Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
7
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

F. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
®Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(b) and current Division Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated
by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
❑ The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a statement
shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
❑ Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
❑ Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for
each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall be
sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management.
® Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
❑ All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
❑ Submit a soil profile description for each KSAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
® Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
❑ A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
❑ Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
❑ Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
❑ Recommended geometric mean KSAT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map
unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
❑ Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in
accordance with the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy.
❑ A completed copy of the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential
Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations).
G. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map.
❑ A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc.
❑ Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
as well as their dimensions and elevations.
❑ Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc.
❑ A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
❑ The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
❑ Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
❑ Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled
with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
8
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

H. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
❑ Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
❑ Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
❑ Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.)
❑ Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the specifications
may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
L Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
❑ Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: "black box" calculations are unacceptable).
❑ Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.).
❑ Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
❑ Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
❑ Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc.
❑ Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
❑ Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates.
❑ Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
❑ A properly completed and executed Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor.
® For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
❑ A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility -related
structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
❑ Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
❑ The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
❑ Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107(i) and .0108.
❑ Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
❑ Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
❑ All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(f), submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address:
❑ How to perform routine inspections.
❑ A maintenance schedule.
❑ A troubleshooting guide.
❑ A layman's explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
❑ A crop maintenance and management plan.
® Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
L. Operation and Maintenance Agreement (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h), submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by all
deeded property owners.
9
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4

M. County Health Department Denial Letter (All New Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(g), provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all
subsurface systems.
N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.).
O. Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program demonstrating the
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
P. Other Environmental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate
review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications:
❑ Division of Water Resources' Water Quality Permitting Section — Wetlands 401 Certification
❑ US Army Corps of Engineers South Atlantic Division — Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued
conditionally, if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein.
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
10
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4

'DWR
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
L APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Craig Allan Carter & Shannon Barringer Carter
2. Applicant type: ® Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership
3. Signature authority's name: Craig Allan Carter & Shannon Barringer Carter per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b) Title: Owners
4. Applicant's mailing address: 8271 Quail Hollow Drive
City: Harrisburg State: NC Zip: 28075-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Telephone number: ( ) _- Fax number: ( ) - Email Address: shannoncarterketc.net
IL FACILITY INFORMATION:
1. Facility name: Carter Property WWTS
2. Facility status: ❑ Existing or ® Proposed
3. Facility's physical address: Abilene Road
City: Concord State: NC Zip: 28025- County: Cabarrus
4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 35' 21' 57" Longitude: -80' 30' 48"
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photography with ground control
5. USGS Map Name: Concord SE 2019
III. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
1. Engineer's name: Kevin D. Davidson License Number: 024582 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Engineer's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: 9( 19) 367-6310 Fax number: 9( 19) 223-1970 Email Address: kdavidsong—agriwaste.com
2. Soil Scientist's name: Christopher McGee License Number: 1324 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Soil Scientist's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) _ Email Address: cmc ee _,agriwaste.com
IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: ® New ❑ Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ00 and most recent issuance date:
2. Application fee: $60.00
3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide a brief project description: Three Bedroom SFR with AdvanTex
Pretreatment and Surface Drip Irrigation
4. Wastewater flow: 360 GPD
11
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTINUED):
5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114, explain how the total wastewater flow was determined:
Establishment Type
Flow Basis
Flow
Per Unit
Number
of Units
Flow
3 Bedroom SFR
gal/day
120
3
360 GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
360 GPD
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following
applicable permits/certifications?
Date
Droved ate
Permit/Certification
Permit/Certification No.
Agency Reviewer
Submitted
A
Nationwide 12 or 404
Wetlands 401
7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility? 543.6 feet mean sea level. Source: FEMA Flood Map Number
3710554900K
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G.S. been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —.15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606:
1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify conformance
with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(b) for the following parameters:
Estimated Influent
Designed Effluent
Minimum Required
Parameter
Concentration
Concentration
Degree of Treatment
monthl average)
Prior to Storage
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
350 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
BOD5
—
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
200 mg/1
<10 mg/1
<30 mg/1
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
100 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 15 mg/1
Fecal Coliforms
<100 per 100 ml
< 200 colonies/100 ml
2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been
provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? ❑ Yes (Plan Sheet: & Specification Page: ) or ❑ No
4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(f), have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T
.0605(e), which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding? N/A
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(h), has an operation and maintenance plan been submitted? ® Yes or ❑ No
8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? Minimum Two -
Strand Fence
Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? ® Yes or ❑ No
9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VIL4.) exceed the
soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VIL3.)? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900? ® Yes or ❑ No
12
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 6

V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS -.15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED):
11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(1), what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet
If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs:
If UV, specify the number of banks: 1, total lamps: 1 and maximum flow capacity: 6 GPM.
12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between the
pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual alarms
that are external to any structure? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-8 & Specification Page: Sec. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o), has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided?
® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-8 & Specification Page: Sec. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(p), has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(g), has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? ❑ Yes or ® No
18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
19. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the facility's
irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances greater than 500 feet shall be
marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Irrigation
System
Treatment /
�Storage Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site
233'
400'
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
art of the project site
616'
Any private or public water supply source
21 P
556'
Surface waters (streams - intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
N/A
N/A
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
N/A
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
N/A
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
N/A
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
21 P
N/A
Any property line
40'
28'
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
N/A
Any water line from a disposal system
N/A
Any swimming pool
386'
Public right of way
>50'
Nitrification field
>50'
Any building foundation or basement
229'
20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have
been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the
compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
13
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 6

VI. WASTEWATER TREATMENT & STORAGE FACILITY DESIGN:
1. Type of treatment system: Septic Tank / Advantex
2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft) /
Spacings in
Volume
al
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Septic Tank
1
Shoaf Precast Septic
10.5' x 5.5' x 5.13'
1500
WW-7
Sec. H-6.1
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical, biological and recirculation processes):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
al
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Advantex Treatment
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
8.5' x 5.17' x 6.0'
800
WW-7
Sec. H-6.5
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION:
No. of
Manufacturer or
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
Dimensions (ft)
Units
Material
al
Reference
Reference
Ultraviolet
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
3" Diameter
6 gpm
WW-9
Sec. H-6.5
Select
d. PUMP/STORAGE TANK:
Manufacturer or
Material
No. of
Units
Dimensions (ft)
Total
Volume
al
Effective
Volume
al
Effective
Storage
days
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Shoaf Tank
1
12. 5' x 6. 5' x7. 33'
3500
2022
5.62
WW-7
Sec. H-6. 1
Location
No. of
Pumps
Purpose
Manufacturer
Type
I Capacity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
I GPM
JTDH
Treatment Pod
1
Recirculation
Orenco Systems, Inc.
16.75
12.94
WW-7
Sec. H-6.4
Pump Tank
1
Field Dosing
Orenco Systems, Inc.
WW-7
Sec. H-6.4
f. BLOWERS:
Location
No. of
No.
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A
g. MIXERS:
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Power
h
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A
14
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 6

VIL IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained
or modified:
2. What is the proposed cover crop? Grass
3. Soil Evaluation recommendations:
Soil Series
Fields within Soil Area
Minimum Observed
Depth to SHWT
ft
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/hr
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/ r
EnB/EnD Enon Fine
Sandy Loam Soil
Series
1
10"";
prior to fill)
0.2
13.07
4. Irrigation System Information (Note — this table may be expanded for additional fields):
Field
Area
(acres)
Dominant
Soil Series
Designed
(Rate)
Designed
Rate)
i
Latitude
(DMS)
1
Longitude
(DMS)
Waterbody
Stream Index
z
Classification
1
0.41
Enon
0.16
11.85
35° 21' S2"
-80° 30' 48"
13-17-9.4-(1.5)
C
0 1 II
o 1 II
0 1 II
o 1 II
0 1 II
o 1 II
o
o „
0 1 II
o I „
Total
i Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photography with ground control
2 For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: https://nedenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-
public/Water%20Quality/Aquifer%20Protection/LAU/Agreements[W SCA%2008-13 . pdf.
Spray Irrigation Design Elements
Drip Irrigation Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter:
N.A ft
Emitter wetted area:
6 ft2
Nozzle wetted area:
N.A ft2
Distance between laterals:
3 ft
Nozzle capacity:
N.A GPM
Distance between emitters:
2 ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
N.A / N.A
Emitter capacity:
0.61 GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
N.A ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
American Manufacturing
Coma n , Inc. / Biohne
Specification Reference:
N.A
Elevation of highest emitter:
680 ft
Specification Reference:
WW-8, Sec. H-6.8
15
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 5 of 6

DocuSign Envelope ID: 36D3C9BC-81CD-4224-82AA-E67BE24C90F6
Professional Engineer's Certification:
I Kevin D. Davidson, PE attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item III.1.)
Carter Property WWTS
(Facility name from Application Item IL 1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications, engineering
calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the
proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all applicable regulations
and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials
under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
or,
�
s r� "iina r,
116
l
pp ;�
YlrU�' � u�rw �� f� fir,,,.• "..�'�, �",
cde e. 1z, J
I Shannon Barringer Carter & Craig Allan Carter, Owners attest that this application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item 1.3.)
Carter Property WWTS
(Facility name from Application Item IL 1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition
of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15ANCAC 02T .0105(e).
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
9/20/2021 9/20/2021
Signature: Date:
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 16 Page 6 of 6

Appendix D
N/A
17

Appendix E
Property Ownership Documentation
18

•
CAURaW toustr PC 01/I2l2e01
., npyM $0.60
►�jpUr4k heal Estate
Tax
Excise Tax s 4,40
atlol►3033 *a 221
001123 FILED
c —Fars
2001 .Jell 12 n 1: 53
LiW F. MCA6EE
;F(15fFR OF DCEPS
Recardin<Time. Book and lee
Tax Lot No. p/o 5549 90 2659 Parcel Identifier No.
Verified by County on the _ day of 20
i-aft�r recordin ERGUSON & SCARBROUGH, P.A., PO BOX 444, CONCORD, NC 2802&0444
s nt was prepared bKJamcs E. Scarbrough
Brief Description for the index C97 acres i
NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY'DEED
THIS DEED made
4, 2001 by and between
GRANTOR
NORRIS FRANKLIN BARRINGER and wife,
KAY A. BARRINGER
GRANTEE
V'
CRAIG ALLAN CARTER and wife,
SHANNON BARRINGER CARTER
3919 Miami Church Road
Concord, NC 29025
if.PP'.tnn.,.hwn«.r.mta.4 s.. rarp..+ion ap.n.enhip.
The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties, their heirs, successors, and assigns, and shall include
Singular, Plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
VATNESSETH, that the Grantor, for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, has and
by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the Grantee in fee simple, all that certain lot or Parcel of land situated in the
Number Eleven (11) Township, CABARRUS County, North Carolina and more particularly described as follows:
Lying and being in Number Eleven Township, Cabarrus County, North Carolina, on the east side and west side of
Abilene Road, bounded on the west by William Bass and on the east by Kenneth D. Furr, and being more particularly
described as follows;
Beginning at an iron in the line of James Paul Avert, said iron being a southeastern comer of William Bass in the line of
Avert, and said iron also being located S, I8.34-57 W. 27.54 feet from a pipe which is the northeast turner of Avet, and
runs thcnce from said beginning point with the lint of William Bass N. 66-01.40 L. 212, 53 lect to un iron; thence
continuing with the line of pass N. 45-13.40 E, 56.90 feet to an iron; thence continuing with thu line of Bass in crossing
Abilene Road N. 17-06-25 E. 296.32 feet to an iron, a comer of Bass; thence S. 81-48.33 E, 550,07 feet to an iron pipe, a
corner of Kenneth D, Furr; thence with the line of Furr S. 40-59-51 W. 665.54 feet to an iron; thence continuing with the
line of Furr S. 57-44.30 E. 255,58 feet to an iron, thence with the centerline of AT&T S. 42.20.26 W, 316.35 feet to an
iron in the center of Abilene Road; thence with the conicriine of Abilene Road as it curves clockwise in a northwesterly
direction at a radius of WAS feat from are distance of 40.04 feet to an Iron; thenae continuing with centerline of said
road N. 27-15.20 W. 47.16 fact to an iron; thence continuing with the centerline of said road as it curves clockwise at ■
radius of 663.09 feet for an arc distance 01`312.54 feet to an iron; thence continuing with the centerline of acid road NBECI,
of
00.14.59 W. 71.16 foot to ■ point; thence a now line leavinr acid road N. 73w11.04 W. th t * Oat to the point ro
2000, NIN0, oontaiulny 6.97 none men or Will, q ttttrwyed artd PI&W by Gaylon Kelly, RLS dated November 11,
2tl00,
0 N.l:. IN AMee. Man Na a e 1977
tti.r.. b Areame MW a.. a.e. an Aaft
rma
11%

1 ]�
t eoal3p8,g 222
ThIt P "I"Y hereinabove dm dbW Waa acqukad by U by h►aptianeid Nmr&d In Book 101,
11.
A map showing the above dercribed propaq IS recorded in piss Beek pap
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the albraeald lot or parcel of land and all privileges and appurterurreps dterero be hind to the AN
mtee in Poe
simple.
And the Grantor covenants with dun Grantee,that Grantor is seized of the premises In fee
simple, that title is marketable and free and clear of all encumbrances, and that foe simple, has the right to convey the sane In
Grantor Claims of all persons whomsoever except for the exceptiau hereinafter meted, will Warrant orb dePond the title against the fee
ful
Tide to the property hercinabove described Is subject to the rollowing exceptima:
1N WITNESS WIIERtiOf, the Grantor has hereunto set his hand and seal, or If corporate, has cauthis instrument to be signed in its
sed
corporate eerie by its duly authorized officers end its seal to be hafted by authority of its Board of Directors, the day orb year
tint above written.ereunto
(Corporate Name)
BY:
N�orrlia�rco�2.r(SQL)
President � f��,�
Lc� & "� (SEAL)
K'Y A. finger
qM\\e\erI
cot
��...... +, NotTtt
Nowy M& led We ofd,e Cou* rW Steer *nWd. cauty dollN«d\ Fmklin DwJW gMMW, prosy AMMed
{4 Mpg dzy +f �eM seiul —Ndon ord. f«eaelna MravnenL Wlmdf my Mad r,d o1&lal away or rpl,
My Comm. Ewe• dd\ en' ofJemrY, 20a01.
CJ � 10-4.2W1 U
.7.
►AUiBL�C 2 MYcoaunassl�enpaa: b 4 a
• 99 • .....••' Ct`�a �W_M Pubik
CO
SFatsrAMr+\as\e\lurp r
++,•,_�•C w&/ NORTH CAROLINA. CAeARRUS COUNTY .
a• `�T ems• 1, a Notary Puma ordx Co"
r .0�oTAR �r dq and ecknowkdaed dx eueardor off dk�aol aniry dueosu Kay A. 8ertlmy hm ntw. offleW Y \ppof se before et
2 MY Comm. FxD• daY of Jonovy, 2001. Nka f sawttc,a Wibxit my lard \M oHkW pomp to xal, s b
�x t:Y t 10.42002 y Cl
sty'. A(fglVC tZ MyC—imiooFxpbaa: Ci 34­2—�'�'�Nauoypuwlo
The fo' Rr 'enificax u��-,—.,_�.,�.�.�.�. .. •�,��.�
snit e iu rF' yk nxnl and this cenineak arc duty rcaistrred 06 do data and ink Doo\ p
ass \ w/e7Qn We mar p\a\ Mxeor.
BY w OISTER OF UEEUS FOR �—+10 4t. / /
rkemtar COUNTY
of Deeds.
N.C, ear A"M Ism Na. a 01677
hIMM a AV$ .".ea, IM N.C. sw Araq.
son 20

Date: August 6, 2021
To: Craig A. and Shannon B. Carter, 8271 Quail Hollow Drive, Harrisburg, NC 28075
From: Daniel W. and Kami J. Downey, 10506 Abberly Village Ln. Apt. 701, Fredericksburg, VA 22407
Subject: Intent to purchase land on Abilene Rd, Concord NC 2802S (Cabarrus Co PIN 55498193060000)
The following sets forth the basic terms upon which we would be prepared to purchase land on Abilene
Rd, Concord NC 28025 (Cabarrus Co PIN 55498193060000).
Contingent upon the State of North Car'olina's approval of AWT's design of non -discharge surface
application Waste Water Treatment Systems (WWTS), we agree to purchase the land for $15, 0000.00.
� Q, �' �Q' / ( --- ____
Daniel W. Downe / Kami J. Downey
�Uvk (tu� / �'_41
CraQ A. rter / Sh nnon B. Carter
/7
Notary
21
OLAt 6,��)
Date
S< <
Date
Date

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
NON -DISCHARGE WASTEWATER SYSTEM WAIVER
AGREEMENT TO WAIVE SETBACKS AS REQUIRED BY
15A NCAC 02T .0506(a), .0506(b), .0606(a), .0706(a) AND .1006(a)
I, Daniel W. Downey & Kami J. Downey (printed name), certify that I am a deeded owner or an
authorized agent of the property located at:
Address: Abilene Road Parcel No.:
City:
Concord
State: NC Zip Code: 28025 County: Cabarrus
Furthermore, I certify that I am authorized to make decisions regarding this property, and that I do hereby
agree that the setback distances cited below be granted to the Applicant/Permittee listed on the following
page.
I understand the setback requirements set forth in 15A NCAC 02T. For the parcel identified above,
I consent to the following reduced setbacks:
0 Wastewater Irrigation/Infiltration Setback to Property Lines
The required setback of 50 feet is reduced to 10 feet, thereby allowing wastewater effluent
irrigation or infiltration no closer than feet from my property line.
❑ Wastewater Irrigation/Infiltration Setback to Places of Assemblv
The required setback of feet is reduced to feet, thereby allowing wastewater effluent
irrigation or infiltration no closer than feet from my residence(s) or place(s) of assembly.
❑X Wastewater Treatment and Storage Unit Setback to Property Lines
The required setback of 50 feet is reduced to 10 feet, thereby allowing the construction of
wastewater treatment and storage units no closer than feet from my property line.
❑ Wastewater Treatment and Storage Unit Setback to Places of Assemblv
The required setback of feet is reduced to feet, thereby allowing the construction of
wastewater treatment and storage units no closer than feet from my residence or place of
assembly.
Signature:
Date:
FORM: NDWSW 02-19 Page 1 of 2
22

Applicant/Permittee: Shannon Ba
Address: Abilene Road
City: Concord
NORTH CAROLINA,
I,
do hereby certify that
r Carter & Craig Allan Carter Permit No.:
Parcel No.:
55498193060000
State: NC Zip Code: 28025 County: Cabarrus
COUNTY
a Notary Public for County, North Carolina,
personally appeared before me this day
and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument.
Witness my hand and official seal, this the day of ,
SEAL
Signature of Notary Public
My commission expires_
Once notarized, this form shall be recorded at the Register of Deeds in the county or counties in
which the described properties are located. A copy of the recorded waiver shall be sent to the
following address:
FORM: NDWSW 03-17
Division of Water Resources
Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
Page 2 of 2
23

Appendix F
Soil Evaluation
Pro

z 1�
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 North Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com.
Soil Suitability for Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems
Abilene Road, Concord, NC. 28025
Cabarrus County (PIN: 55499036170000)
PREPARED FOR: Shannon Carter, Applicant
PREPARED BY: Christopher McGee, LS S
Senior Soil Scientist
Trevor Hackney, Environmental
Scientist
DATE: August 16, 2021
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT) was contracted by the Carter family to provide LSS
permitting assistance for a single-family residence wastewater irrigation system for the property
located on Abilene Road, Concord, NC. A three -bedroom single-family residence is proposed
for construction on the property. Municipal wastewater services are not available; therefore, on -
site wastewater disposal will be required. The property will also require the installation of a
private well. The following report and attachments summarize the findings of the evaluations
performed by AWT from March through May 2021. A preliminary soil evaluation, a detailed soil
evaluation, and Hydraulic Conductivity (KSAT) tests were performed on the property.
Referenced property maps (provided by Cabarrus County GIS) and the recorded plot plan are
included in Attachment 1.
The 7.03-acre tract was evaluated to construct a new 3-bedroom single family residence. The
property is currently wooded. There are large drainage features in the eastern portion of the
property that directs water to the Southeast. The topography/landscape position for wastewater
systems is generally favorable at the Northwest end of the lot. The slopes range from 3-10% on
this property in the septic system area. The home will be on the adjacent property to the
Northwest and the dripfield will be placed on the subject property summarized in this report.
Soils on the property are unsuitable for any subsurface on -site wastewater system; therefore, a
surface application system will be required. The property has been denied a septic system permit
for a single-family residence by Cabarrus County Environmental Health Department. A copy of
the denial should be included with the full engineering package for the proposed system.
27

After conducting the preliminary evaluation of the entire property, an area in the Northwestern
corner of the property was selected for a surface irrigation system. This area was selected due to
existing soils being most favorable within this zone (deeper indications of saturation). AWT's
evaluation map is included in Attachment 2. Due to the size of the lot and the amount of usable
area, drip dispersal will be required.
The drawing in Attachment 3 details the locations of the relevant site features/setbacks, proposed
soils area for irrigation, a deep soil boring, and saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) test
locations. The USDA NRCS mapped soil type for the proposed irrigation area is Enon series. It
is AWT's opinion that the soils in this area are similar to a typical Enon series. In general, soil
characteristics within the proposed system utilization area were consistent and no significant
inclusions or deviations from this mapped soil type were noted in any borings within the
proposed irrigation area by AWT. Numerous borings were performed throughout the area, with
the major limitation for wastewater utilization being depth to expansive clay mineralogy and
seasonal high-water table (SHWT). In general, the depth to SHWT was 10-15 inches throughout
the proposed area of utilization.
Topography and surrounding drainage are favorable in the area selected for irrigation. There is a
path that has been utilized for ATV's that cuts through the proposed area of utilization. The path
has been recorded by AWT with a total station and will be avoided by installing blanking in
these areas. The written descriptions of borings performed at each KSAT test location, and a
deep soil boring are included in Attachment 4. A standard soil fertility sample was obtained for
the surface horizon and is included in Attachment 5.
Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (KSAT) Tests
A total of three KSAT tests were conducted during the field work phase of the project. The
purpose of these tests was to determine permeability within the most restrictive soil horizon
(Generally the BC horizons). The depth to this horizon varied depending on landscape position
and desire to keep the test water column retained within the most limiting zone. All tests were
performed with a Johnson Permeameter. The results are summarized below. The calculation
sheets and any supporting documents are included in Attachment 6. Results have been rounded
to three decimal places.
Table 1. Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity KSAT Data
KSAT Test Identification
KSAT Test Depth
Permeability
inches
in/hr
1
29
0.043
2
27
0.003
3
26
0.001
Geometric Mean
0.005
2
28

Loading Rate and Dripfield Computations and Recommendations
Based on the KsaT data, a permeability rate of 0.005 in/hr (geometric mean of the 3 KsaT
measurements) is recommended to be used in the water balance computation for this system.
The wastewater irrigation rate shall be determined using the above KsaT data in accordance with
the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy and
the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook. Due to the variation in the data and
existing site conditions, we recommend a drainage coefficient of 0.51 not be exceeded. The
instantaneous application rate should not exceed 0.20 in/hour. The surface soil texture and
vegetation should allow adequate infiltration at this rate. Local precipitation data should be
considered as part of the loading rate workbook.
As part of the water balance, the approximate land area required for an irrigation system is
calculated based on the size of the proposed residence and the loading rate of the soil. Based on
AWT's soil mapping of the proposed utilization area, approximately 24,346 sq. ft. of usable area
is available for the dripfield (less area is available if the 50 ft. property line setback to the
northwest is not waived). The recommended annual hydraulic loading rate is 13.07 inches per
year or less. We are maintaining a suggested rate within SFR Group "C". The area evaluated and
suitable area for the proposed system is greater than this minimum size which should allow
optimal placement of the dripfield tubing and some flexibility during installation.
AWT is recommending 3 inches of fill soil to be added in certain locations of the site in order to
meet permit requirements. These areas can be seen on AWT's evaluation map as the areas where
soil borings have been recorded at <12". AWT also recommends any low areas or small
depressions in the dripfield area be brought to grade as well (to be field determined by
contractor). The natural topography is ideal to shed surface water, and this will not be adjusted.
Fill specs:
The use of suitable fill soil will be required in these isolated spots. Final determination will be made by
the contractor and soil scientist. Low areas should be filled so that no water collects or ponds. Allowance
should be made for settling of the soil. The present soil surface texture is sandy loam and offers a good
infiltrative surface. Fill material shall have the following characteristics:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3. 0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by volume
of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris, twigs,
sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete, construction
wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes: sandy loam,
loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis may be confirmed by a third party testing laboratory if
necessary.
5) Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur if compaction is a concern, however, this
tillage should not exceed 6 inches below the natural soil surface. Removal of existing vegetation
prior to fill addition is necessary to allow a good gradation between fill and present soil surface.
The contractor should ensure that proper seeding and compaction practices are followed.
3
29

Summary and Design Considerations:
AWT is recommending a surface drip irrigation system to serve the proposed single-family
residence. The proposed system must satisfy the design criteria outlined in 15A NCAC 02T
.0605.
1) Geometric Mean of Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity: 0.005 inches/hour
2) Water Balance Drainage Coefficient: 5 1 % (or less)
3) Maximum Instantaneous Infiltration Rate: 0.20 inches/hour
4) Maximum Yearly Loading: 13.07 in/yr (or less)
5) Area available for proposed wastewater dripfield: 24,346 sq. ft.
6) Fill material — isolated in areas with <12" soil borings in them and low lying or uneven
areas within the dripfield.
Sincerely, ,
Christopher McGee, LSS Trevor Hackney, Environmental Scientist
4
30

ATTACHMENT 1: Current Plot Plan/GIS Map
31

O
a
N
�'
�i.
N
a
O
a`
a
c
0
U

ATTACHMENT 2: AWT Evaluation Map
33

ATTACHMENT 3: Site Plan Drawing
36

0

ATTACHMENT 4: Profile Descriptions
38

Applicant: Shannon Carter
Address: c/o AWT
Parcel ID#: 55499036170000
Property Recorded: Yes
County: Cabarrus
SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
FOR
ON -SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM
Owner: X Agent: —Phone:
Dates Evaluated: May 2021
Proposed Facility: Single Family Residence
Property Size: —7.03 acres
Location Site: Abilene Road, Concord, NC. 28025
Water Supply: On Site Well X Comm. Well_ Public_ Other_ Evaluation Method: Auger Boring: X Pit
PROFILE 1: Ksat Test Location 01 — L Landscape (5-7% Slope)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-3"
10YR 313
SiL
GR
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Bw 3-14"
7.5YR 6/4
SiCL
WSBK
SEXP
SS, SP
Fi
BC 14-31"
7.5YR 6/8
5YR 7/2; 2.5YR 4/6
2, m, D
Sic
M
EXP
S, P
VFI
C 31-41"
7.5YR 7/6
5YR 7/2; 2.5YR 4/6
2, m, D
SL
M
SEXP
SS; SP
Fr
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KsAT Test, Depth 29"
PROFILE 2: Ksat Test Location 02 — L Landscape (5-7% Slope)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-3"
10YR 4/3
SL
GR
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Bw 3-15"
7.5YR 6/4
SiL
ABK
SEXP
SS, SP
Fi
BC 15--32"
7.5YR 6/8
5YR 7/2; 2.5YR 4/6
2, m, D
C
M
EXP
S, P
VFi
C 32-39"
7.5YR 7/6
5YR 7/2; 2.5YR 4/6
2, m, D
Sic
M
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KsAT Test, Depth 27"
39

PROFILE 3: Ksat Test Location 03 — L LandscaDe (5-7% S1oDO
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-3"
10YR 4/3
SL
GR
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Bw 3-12"
7.5YR 6/4
SiCL
WSBK
SEXP
SS, SP
Fi
BC12-28"
7.5YR 6/8
5YR 7/2; 2.5YR 4/6
2, m, D
C
M
EXP
VS, VP
VFi
C 28-38"
7.5YR 7/6
5YR 7/2; 2.5YR 4/6
2, m, D
Sic
M
SEXP
S,P
Fi
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KsAT Test, Depth 26"
PROFILE 4: DeeD Soil Boring — L Landscane (5-7% Slonel
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-3"
10YR 313
SL
GR
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Bw 3-14"
7.5YR 6/4
SCL
WSBK
SEXP
SS, SP
Fi
BC 14-30"
7.5YR 6/8
5YR 7/2; 2.5YR 4/6
2, m, D
C
M
EXP
S, P
VFi
C 30-37"
7.5YR 7/6
5YR 7/2; 2.5YR 4/6
2, m, D
SL
M
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Cr 37+"
Comments: Auger Refusal observed at 37"
EVALUATED BY:
COMMENTS:
40

LEGEND OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SOIL/SITE EVALUATION FORM
LANDSCAPE POSITION
CC
— Concave Slope
CV
— Convex Slope
DS
—Debris Slump
D —
Depression
DW —Drainage Way
FP
— Flood Plain
FS
—Foot Slope
H —Head
Slope
I —
Interfluve
L —
Linear Slope
N —Nose
Slope
P —
Pocosin
R —
Ridge
S —
Shoulder
T —
Terrace
MOIST CONSISTENCE
VFr
— Very Friable
Fr —
Friable
Fi —
Firm
VFi
— Very Firm
EFi
— Extremely Firm
STRUCTURE
G — Single Grain
M — Massive
CR — Crumb
GR — Granular
SBK — Subangular Blocky
ABK — Angular Blocky
PL — Platy
PR — Prismatic
(w in front denotes "weak")
WET CONSISTENCE
NS —Non Sticky
SS — Slightly Sticky
S — Sticky
VS — Very Sticky
NP — Non Plastic
SP — Slightly Plastic
P — Plastic
VP — Very Plastic
MOTTLES
1 —Few
2 — Common
3 — Many
f — Fine
in — Medium
c — Coarse
F — Faint
D — Distinct
P — Prominent
MINERALOLOGY
NEXP — Non Expansive
SEXP — Slightly Expansive
EXP — Expansive
III

ATTACHMENT 5: NCDA Soil Fertility Analysis
Ira

0
Cl)
LL
N
O
) M 3 OM
E m U v
N m V Z Cl)
Q >ZM M W M
O
C x-^
A
z
"�..
m
CYO N
W....
N O
O m
C Z
z
M
z
—
CO
M
CO
III
Z
N/ Z 00 -F
C .. K7
Co 0
O
V
U Q C O In 0
R 0
z
C.
O
L
0 O
N
!� >
C
C9 "
7
U o
Q Q
07 aid
U CD
C0
N
04
0
N
Q O
O
N',
N
Q 7
C14
co
N 00
0 m
U N N
N N U
o4
U
V!
R N
— Q T
U Q
ai ZC3:
c
T�
U N O
U
0rn rn
O Q U N
dCFJ
3
z p
Q
C
0
O
O
co
0
0 LL (n
>
O
M
"to
a r-
0
N
4 O
Y
U U
0
ups
"Uico
— 0
fn M
3
z
a�
3
C J
cn
0
0
}.
'y
Q
co
0.
0
'a
z "" Y"
Z
E o co
W Li
O M
00
c L)
z
�
N
31f
N G.
N.
N t� 0 p
z Y 00
ccN I�
G
t- 0
_ y O O
ME
N
0
r
J O
VJ
CD
Cl)
""
C-4
-
..
c
�a 00
a
Zr
a'
0
E
C
£
O
Z C
C
O
R 2 ao
z C V
t
a
O w
N
Q. o
R
o
C
w OM
a�
'Q KV
a O
E
R
U v
Q N
= V
E
U
y O O
>
O
O C. N
N 0=
p
N
+' ■� y
u
P3. r Cd
NCp
d
CV
co M
:y
o
L (�
E
a
,.
0,
v v
O
W
L
5
,. a ull r�W
J
000
COOci
M1�
M�9
O
.r
O
C 0
o2S
O
v
44 N
0
a�
C
w
rn
c
n
u
0)
0
rn
C
E
(6
rn
O
a
a�
c
O
E
E
O
U
c
LL
N
3
H
E
O
C
N
0
co
t
0
3
0
(6
3
a
c
a�
E
c
0
C
0)
(6
3
0
w
cu
U)
O
to
0)
U
a)
rn
U
E
O
c
O
0
(6
rn
c
N
3
0
3
0
Y
C
co
t
H
N

O
Ln
O
LL
Z
O
C.
N
N
O
N
y
C
O
16
i
�
QN
O
C.
N
d'
N
C
O 7 N
U E Q Q
O O
U A —LT w 0) U U N
cu O_ N
n 0 m E E � 2
N 0 v N N _ X
a)
O N 6
cu U o m N s s aa) N aa) X E .c
N N N O U) E X O U) -a U N N
N O- O- C a) U O O 2 >, >, C co = C -a 7
U +. +. . U Q O
U U x E .0 U _ a) — — a) p) _ — N X a� > Q
N U U U 6 N 0 E U O N N N N �_ O O i a) N N
0) O O X C 0) O w 0 —_ —_ N O (n (n O (6 -0 N 0-.
C U U O C C .N -C U N (6 >> N N N E C U t a .� a) >
co C W W C a) M a) (n (n LI 0) > > 0) 0) 3 +a) C C O- O- Q t m X
U U U .O Q U i N N U C c6 c6 C C O -6 N c6 N O o w 7 .2) U a)
X O o o (6 O X N O O o N C C N +� O .— 2 7 t t 7 0 0
a) - o o U U N O_ O- O- o E E 2E 2E E E C (n C O U O- O- (n U) >i 'N C
U
C
N z
e a Q Q u —
o L) —0o z —0 0 —0 a—
t� fn c6 W 7 fn N aI — C C C C m O 2 N— fn C C
QcocoL)L)i.. wW e2222222ZZZ0 C-aa�cl) AA
N
_0 ay)
a)
a)
�Q
N O
p�
7� M
�
`p p
O p LL
o
O i
Z c
'E
-o
o
Q-0
LC)
>
= O
U O
C
O C)=
N 0
C a)
�\ n N
Q C
7 o a
O
Z
y
C) Z3
-0�
o
p j
>.�c�
M°
� D
) c��N�
(n
Fa a)
_
2::
�Om
O
0
o
-p
m w o i
E
Q p
C i
z 1
o
�Lc� E
-0 a) (D w
�' >
=o
i
> o a)
E 'x
cn aa)
o o-0 a) C
o
o m
E
0) (n
a) cn m
U
R
(�
a) ca
C
-p M C Q
C
- a)
oo a
c
>
-0 (6 C ?.
N W O O
(n E o
d a) a)
i =o
m Q
:— (o �
'o Lu
- o>
tf
C
_ a
C
R
7
C (n
a) N O
o
_ .N
O
Z
c
O 'o o
c� iU
_0
i
0 o
.E
voi =
3
R
E
ca o
a) m cn >
w m 0
'w
c
o
a) cn
3
3
r_
O (D
0 w U
o 0 o
a)
i o
i
(�
a) _
.�
•+0—,
��
v cyi cn
a�i o
�(n
'y
C 0 (6
_ a(Di=
N y 00
_
_
i
a�i
N
v cO E E E
a)
o a
a) m cu
-0 Cj c
i o .(- .-
Q c o
o
� m 0
U
_ a)
E
co
a) ca -
cn
o w o
vi c
= Q
Q a)
_
Q>
4z w E
cn
-0 a) a)
c
m
c�
c O
m
C
N
c
o Q
(6 N (6 O
°� a)
in M a) N
w
(6 z
a E
(6 i N
E
-
�z cn
o
�� O
U
QN E
N
i� O T
ca `o 0) 0
aa)) am
N
M
7
y
U �(n Q 7
Q
y—- c6 Uj
M (n C
O- O
(n O
3> a)
in Q
n
N
� a) 0 O N
y p CU 2 ' a)
N
M O
m C
E
— _0
ca T c `O E
Q� D
m o E
U
w
y a) Oc U N
d - Y > a) (6
-p ai .�
N o
LU
O
p (n 7 C
L 1 C 'p) C y
Z c6
U O
Q
c
U .x y 0
m o cn 0 E
O z>
E a)
m E o
o
C
(n
s
c
E
o—
w o U o
O E=
c
a
o a)
O (D a��i �
coi 0
� o
y
a
x
(n
-0 ca
o — (D o
o-
Z3 �
�
cu
o
y o f —
IS (n
o O
Q
ca a)
p in aa)) ate)
E-9 (oi
Q o
i E ca
(n � c
O
o '� E-0
1 O o oo (D
E
m E c5
Q
Q
aQi
`� o f
(D C14
a o
o f
° m E
U o 0
>
_ Q E
m U) a)
E(n
o
0 m (n
0
O
Q p
— a)�
�: (n C N I- O
i.
a) (6 (6
E
y a) O
i�
U o
fn
p
0- p N
,o o a)
o 0
�O c6 a)
aa) a—>i
E
a)
y
.— Q
0) — (D
C Q
0)
7
O
C
(D
(6 (D '�
y a)
C 0) a) " O
E
a) O a) E
y p
C O
(6 = a)
0
C
y N
(6 (n -0 3: y 0 (nO
Q O O
M 7
a) _0
Q
C
C
o
: N Q p C Q
p
0
N C
fn
O
c4
a)
E
O — C p
O C O O a) a)
E
c6 � N
(n >
a)
E -
y
(n 0) —
C a)
U
OZf
o
C
+-
i
E
p, o—> a)
U O O
E U p
a) o o
E
( C
0
Q N
a) `� Q
2 a) O
o U a)
E p
x=
o a) >
U
0
c
tOi
a)
a)
E 0 o E p .
>
a) 2 C E
c5 o a°�i U
a) a) p
aa))
� E>
Z
w
J 0 LL '— .Ln LL
of� c6 c6 O
LL C C C
+� E
H
� N c6

ATTACHMENT 6: KSAT Information
to
45

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USBR 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer)
File Name.....: USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name........:
Project No .............:
Project Location...:
Carter
Abilene Road, Cabarrus County
Boring No...........:
Investigators......:
Date ...................:
KSAT #1
T.Hackney
May 10, 2021
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition 1)*
KB=QV/(2rtH2)[In{H/r+((H/r)2+1)°5]-((H/r)2+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
where:
Boring Depth.........:
Boring Diameter...:
Boring Radius r.....:
Soil/Water Tmp.T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T......:
29 in (Specify units)
8.9 cm
4.45 cm
25 *C
0.000891 kg/m•s
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**.................:
Dyn. Visc. @ TB.:
10.0 cm***
15.2 cm
25.2 cm
5.7
0.000891 kg/m•s
Ke: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB "C: 25
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
r: Radius of the cylindrical borehole
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
ml
Volume Out
(m1)
TIME
h:mm:ssA/P
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)(pm/sec)
--------------------- KB Equivalent Values --------------------------
(hr:min:sec) (min)
m/sec (cm/sec) (cm/day) (in/hr) 7 (ft/day)
Start Soak
8:45:00 AM
1,625
#VALUE!
9:00:00 AM
0:15:00
15.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
1,330
295
9:30:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
9.83
0.7
6.56E-05
5.7
0.09
0.19
1,135
195
10:00:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
6.50
0.4
4.33E-05
3.7
0.06
0.12
990
145
10:30:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
4.83
0.3
3.22E-05
2.8
0.05
0.09
850
140
11:00:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
4.67
0.3
3.11E-05
2.7
0.04
0.09
700
150
11:30:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
5.00
0.3
3.33E-05
2.9
0.05
0.09
565
135
12:00:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
4.50
0.3
3.00E-05
2.6
0.04
0.09
430
135
12:30:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
4.50
0.3
3.00E-05
2.6
0.04
0.09
295
135
1:00:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
4.50
0.3
3.00E-05
2.6
0.04
0.09
140
155
1:30:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
5.17
0.3
3.44E-05
3.0
0.05
0.10
Natural Moisture.......:
USDA TM./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200..:
M; C
Consistency ...............:
Water Table Depth...:
Init. Saturation Time.:
S, P
10+ ft.
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
3.00E-01
I 3.00E-05
2.6
0.04
0.09
Averaged lowest 3 values (12:00PM-1:00PM)
285.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h =
exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the watertable or an impermiable layer is >3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r >5 - :510. ***Model JP -MI: h
10cm, Model JP-1R2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
=
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
C
E
E
12.00
0
1a
10.00
3
0
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0 50 100
Total Elapsed Time (min)
150
200 250 300
ECd

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USBR 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer)
File Name.....: USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name........:
Project No .............:
Project Location...:
Carter
Abilene Road, Cabarrus County
Boring No...........:
Investigators......:
Date ...................:
KSAT #2
T.Hackney
May 10, 2021
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition 1)*
KB=QV/(2rtH2)[In{H/r+((H/r)z+1)°5]-((H/r)z+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
where:
Boring Depth.........:
Boring Diameter...:
Boring Radius r.....:
Soil/Water Tmp.T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T......:
27 in (Specify units)
8.9 cm
4.45 cm
25 *C
0.000891 kg/m•s
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**.................:
Dyn. Visc. @ TB.:
10.0 cm***
15.2 cm
25.2 cm
5.7
0.000891 kg/m•s
Ke: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB "C: 25
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
r: Radius of the cylindrical borehole
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T 'C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
ml
Volume Out
(m1)
TIME
h:mm:ssA/P
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)(pm/sec)
--------------------- KB Equivalent Values --------------------------
(hr:min:sec) (min)
m/sec (cm/sec) (cm/day) (in/hr) 7 (ft/day)
Start Soak
8:49:00 AM
2,345
#VALUE!
9:01:00 AM
0:12:00
12.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
2,325
20
9:31:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.67
0.0
4.44E-06
0.4
0.01
0.01
2,315
10
10:01:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.33
0.0
2.22E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
Swapped Units
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
127
#VALUE!
10:01:00 AM
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
113
14
10:31:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.47
0.0
3.11E-06
0.3
0.00
0.01
97
16
11:01:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.53
0.0
3.56E-06
0.3
0.01
0.01
83
14
11:31:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.47
0.0
3.11E-06
0.3
0.00
0.01
71
13
12:01:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.42
0.0
2.78E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
59
12
12:31:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.38
0.0
2.56E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
48
11
1:01:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.37
0.0
2.44E-06
0.2
0.001
0.01
38
10
1:31:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.33
0.01
2.22E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
29
9
2:01:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.30
0.0
2.00E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
130
2:01:00 PM
120
11
2:31:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.35
0.0
2.33E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
110
10
3:01:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.33
0.0
2.22E-06
0.2
0.001
0.01
Natural Moisture.......:
USDA TM./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200..:
M; C
Consistency ...............:
Water Table Depth...:
Init. Saturation Time.:
S, P
10+ ft.
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
2.19E-02
2.19E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
Averaged Last 3 Values
1 372.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h =
exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the watertable or an impermiable layer is >3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r >5 - :510. ***Model JP -MI: h
10cm, Model JP-1R2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
=
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
C
E
E
0.70
d
ti
0.60
rc
3
0
LL
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.00
0 50 100 150 200
Total Elapsed Time (min)
250 300 350 400
47

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USBR 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer)
File Name.....: USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name........:
Project No .............:
Project Location...:
Carter
Abilene Road, Cabarrus County
Boring No...........:
Investigators......:
Date ...................:
KSAT #3
T.Hackney
May 10, 2021
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition 1)*
KB=QV/(2rtH2)[In{H/r+((H/r)z+1)°5]-((H/r)z+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
where:
Boring Depth.........:
Boring Diameter...:
Boring Radius r.....:
Soil/Water Tmp.T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T......:
26 in (Specify units)
8.9 cm
4.45 cm
25 *C
0.000891 kg/m•s
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**.................:
Dyn. Visc. @ TB.:
10.0 cm***
15.2 cm
25.2 cm
5.7
0.000891 kg/m•s
Ke: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB "C: 25
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
r: Radius of the cylindrical borehole
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T 'C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
ml
Volume Out
(m1)
TIME
h:mm:ssA/P
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)(pm/sec)
--------------------- KB Equivalent Values --------------------------
(hr:min:sec) (min)
m/sec (cm/sec) (cm/day) (in/hr) 7 (ft/day)
Start Soak
8:54:00 AM
2,290
#VALUE!
9:02:00 AM
0:08:00
8.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
2,285
5
9:32:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.17
0.0
1.11E-06
0.1
0.00
0.00
2,285
0
10:02:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.00
0.0
0.00E+00
0.0
0.00
0.00
Swapped Units
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
115
#VALUE!
10:02:00 AM
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
114
1
10:32:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.02
0.0
1.11E-07
0.0
0.00
0.00
107
8
11:02:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.25
0.0
1.67E-06
0.1
0.00
0.00
101
6
11:32:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.20
0.0
1.33E-06
0.1
0.00
0.00
80
21
12:02:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.70
0.0
4.67E-06
0.4
0.01
0.01
70
10
12:32:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.32
0.0
2.11E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
64
6
1:02:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.20
0.0
1.33E-06
0.1
0.001
0.00
61
4
1:32:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.12
0.01
7.78E-07
0.1
0.00
0.00
58
3
2:02:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.10
0.0
6.67E-07
0.1
0.00
0.00
54
4
2:32:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.12
0.0
7.78E-07
0.1
0.00
0.00
51
3
3:02:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.10
0.0
6.67E-07
0.1
0.00
0.00
Natural Moisture.......:
USDA TM./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200..:
M; C
Consistency ...............:
Water Table Depth...:
Init. Saturation Time.:
S, P
10+ ft.
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
7.04E-03
7.04E-071
0.11
0.001
0.00
Averaged Last 3 Values
368.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h =
exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the watertable or an impermiable layer is >3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r >5 - :510. ***Model JP -MI: h
10cm, Model JP-1R2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
=
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
E
0.80
E
0
0.70
1a
0.60
3
0
LL
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.00
50
100 150 200
250 300 350 4
0
-0.10
Total Elapsed Time (min)
48

a
U
Z r
v � o
C
U a o
N Ir K
'a
a
C E i o O

Appendix G
Engineering Plans
50

C:)
> 0
0
u n
0 (1)
u 4-�
o—
E �
0 E
n u 0 x
(D U 0 C)
0 4-� 0 LL-
00
-4-� C) U�
U 0 M 0
cn cn
(P1 I F-) UO

V
�.-1._ L

e —
Q�
0
o�
r�
u
8 S—\i------------
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaa a
uauauauauaunuauauauauau unuauauauauau
uauauauauaunuauauauaua �unua�uaun
uauauauauaunuaaaaaaaaa aunua uauaun
uauauauauaunuauauauaua anon anon
uauauauauaun��aaa�aaaau nua��ua��ua
uauauauauaunuauauauauaua. auaaaaa n
uauauauauaunuauauauauauaunu anon
uauauauauaunua uauauauaunuauauauauaun
uauauauauaunua �unuauauauauaun
uauauauauauuua uauauauaunuauauauauaun
uauauauauauuuaa aaa� �unuauauauauaun
uauauauauauuua aunuauaaaaaaaua
uauauauauauuua ua uauaunuauauauauaun
ua ua uu ua ua un uau nun ua ur ur ur ur un
uuuauau:tlYtlYtlYtlY�tlYtlY:tlYtlYtlYtlYtl0 0
uuuauau:auauauau ivau:auauauaua00
ua ua uu uauru 0000000ua anon ua
0000000 00 uau a
uauauuuauuu:auau uuuauauauauauu
uauauuuauuuuuaua uauu uuuauauauauauu
uauauuuauuuuuau uu iuuuauauauauau
uauauivauiuuuau ua iuuuauauauauauu
uauauauauauuuau anon iuuuauauauauauu
uauauauauauuuau a uuuauauauauauu
uaua0 anon uuuauaua
uauuuauuuauuuau uu usuauauu.ua.uu0
Iiog jeanjeN
up aleoo-j
-10�v
( dAl) un�j 1!npuoo
n
7cp
n i
J JJ
JJ
F!
J
= FSL
FSL
lsi

Q )
-
O
O
O
N
-
O
-C
Z
O
E
U
u)
L
O
N
Q
O
C)
�
_O
U
O
U
�
_
O `
-0
c
O
L-
O
0
�
O
O
-
r,-)
U
O
aD
C-
O
CD
N

� � ���
� �� � �s
� � � � ��
\ �0 � ��
� � � � \`
� � �
� � �
,.

W
m

�O Q ui M C� y� O
N i 0
o
O
N
X uj
Q ~ z
C
c
d
�
O
O
b\
o \
U)
Q
O C:
cn
cn
L L
Ln
O
X N
a_
N
O c
CD cD
p
C W
L
=
V) CY'
O
N'r
U
u
Z
ao
N
CD
C)-(D
C) C
L y O (D
d
W
a) V) Q
d
L
Q
,E O
E
cb�
L �
J
> O 4-
0 O 0--c
•�
d E
_ O
1
z -C O O
V)
d
n 6 o' 0_
�
>_
c —
� p N C
d
O� O� E O
L c L y
Q d Q C
J
U
`
O
fill,..
O Q) -
o
W
V cn
O c o
Y
o
t�
�W
.c
(� N c
Z
�
c L L
���,,

W LLI
z z
J J
O
V1
Z
V
z
U
CO
C7
z
0
Q
LLI
0
ry
LLI
Z_
J
Q
Y
z
Q
J
m
0
O
O
O
O
C
O C
O O
J U

-E
HE

F-
LU
z
LU
LL
cn
ca
w
LU
cn
2
Z,
c
0 CT
co (j)
4--
cpcn
f,6
Lei
mill
(D
co
C)
RL
L
kL
CY)U
A )
-7-
CD
U)
01)
(Y)
(V) ce)
CY)
r—
C)
LO
elo
CID
m
cf)
cwl
M
(V)
M
(Y), M
00
ce
I

� 0 (n U Q)-
Q), X O � p
(n +, >\ O Q)— O +� 0
Q 0 O Q)+' `� Q) 0 .- —� O Q
10 � .X .� Q Q)O U ,� C)> 0 •� 0
O
O Q -c O Q C O Q c � D
0 Q)+� p 0 0 `� U O O +�
- Q)p 0 O Q)O p 0 Q)p c O Q) .�
r N N D +' ( — Q) U) p O p O O D Q) Q)4-1 (�
O4-1 Q� N >� �- Q Q) Q)� cn
Q ) O Q)p 0 0 0 -Y O () Q Q 0 Q) +' O
(n E Q O N D O Q) — 4-
O O E O� Q)0 E 0 Q D N +' Q O 0 0 OF)0
>� 0 0 0 0 OU > U �_ � D O D O
4-1
- O= p O 0 N > > O 0 0 p DO +, N
Q Q �O E-� 0 0 -0 0> Q 0 O p 2
0 Q U O — 0
N N U Q U-0 - N L- - +, ---j N
O U•— >, Q >, Q) O a� I O
N 0 N X 0 Q 0, - Q N N N U +'
c -c 0 a)cE QE0 U)a) -0 70-00 L- 4-
+� i N Q) � Q)
(n N N Q c Q) OZ- C _0 c O
I Q)- � E N 0 N •� O Q 0 +� CO Q) -0
4-1
0 Q 0_ 4-1 -c E 0 �_ to O (n p Q)(� -� 4-1U Q)'� O 4-1Q Cl E�
I- Q) Q) Q) (n -c 0Q 0 Q)0� Q) 0) 0 E u N
Q)U — +, - N
4 -1 Q Q Q -0 0 O Q U) 0 O p p-0
0 � U (n O � -0 -0 c 0 O (n N (n _0 O> 0 0 � �
+' CT U Q N O N 0 0 _ (n 0 N—
U O (n On O O
Q N 0 0 DO O O 0 0 0 >.�
— 0- 0 0 O N U (n
_>\ 0 Q D p — (n . - 4--1 0 >� Q —
O Q .0 O � 0 Q) O N Q) O Q) Q
U p O p 0 0 �, +� O O N U> N +� Q
�> u 0 O 0 -4--� -0-- 0 ) N 0 • p 0
N 0 Q (n N — +~ _ ~ (n U
L • > > _0 (n
+� +� N N E _� � N 0 p Q N Q ---j —_
Q > � U . O Q � •L .p
`~ • 0 0 `� O O Q 0 N 00 -4 0 O� +� 0-C — U (n 0 0 (n
O
+
0
c (n
Q
0
Q D O
0
Q) N
to
N

0

Appendix H
System Specifications
63

Z� 2
Engineers 1 Soil Scle tl I
Apex, North Cwohna 2"7502
919-8 r9--0669
WVVW.agdWaSte.00ff1
Carter Property WWTS
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Cabarrus County
Project Specifications
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
�' rgr �
o� g`
r Jai J Fri;
SEAL:
��� d��ui�f�'p4�� rile, ,� �'"' ✓ ��%�
�G ✓iA l � r rr % i rr rnr �� )� 1 ,�
Client: Craig Allan Carter and Shannon Barringer Carter
8271 Quail Hollow Drive
Harrisburg, NC 28075
Property Location: Abilene Road
Concord, NC 28025
PIN# 55499036170000
Cabarrus County
Project Engineer: Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street
Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
Date: September 28, 2021
64

Table of Contents
1.0 General Project Specifications
1.1
Project Description
1.2
Site Description
1.3
Adjacent Property
1.4
Soils and Water Table
2.0
Material Management Practices
2.1
Housekeeping
2.2
Hazardous Products
2.3
Product Safety Practices
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
2.3.2 Fertilizers
2.4
Spill Control Practices
3.0
Site Work
3.1
Construction Roads and Parking
3.2
Tree Preservation and Protection
3.3
Removal of Topsoil
3.4
Addition of Fill Material
3.5
Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 Seedbed Requirements
3.5.2 Soil Conditioner
3.5.3 Seedbed Preparation
3.5.4 Seeding
3.5.5 Irrigation
3.5.6 Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding
3.5.7 Application of Organic Mulch
3.5.8 Anchoring Organic Mulch
3.5.9 Permanent Stabilization
4.0
Installer Specification
5.0
Material Specifications
5.1
Concrete Tanks
5.2
Piping
5.3
Electrical Requirements
6.0
Component Specifications
6.1
Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
6.2
Access Risers
6.3
Drain Line
6.4
Pumps
6.5
AdvanTex Treatment Unit
6.6
UV Disinfection
6.7
Control Panel
6.8
Drip Components and Fence
6.9
Irrigation Headworks
65

1.0. General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
The purpose of the project is to install a wastewater treatment system and surface dripfield to
accommodate wastewater from a three -bedroom single-family residence. The treatment system will
consist of a septic tank, an AdvanTex Treatment unit with integral recirculation tank, UV
disinfection, pump tank, irrigation headworks, and a control panel. The surface drip irrigation
system covers approximately 0.41 acres.
1.2 Site Description
The project site consists of property located on Abilene Road, Concord, NC in Cabarrus County.
The residence and treatment components will be located to the east of Abilene Road in the
northern portion of the property. The dripfield will be located on the southern side of the
property. With the location of the drainfield, setback waivers were considered for this property.
The location of the treatment unit and dripfield are shown on the system drawings.
1.3 Adjacent Property
The surrounding area at the residence site is rural and occupied by primarily undeveloped land and
single-family residences and a school. The dripfield is to be located a minimum of 100' from any
off -site residence, 100' from any surface water body, and 50' from any property line or public right-
of-way (except for the property line directly north of the drainfield which has been waived).
1.4 Soils and Water Table
The soil in the project area is predominately mapped in the Enon series and is above the groundwater
table. In general, depth to the seasonal high-water table is 10-15 inches throughout the proposed
area for the drainfield.
rod

2.0. Material Management Practices
The following are the material management practices that will be used to reduce the risk of spills and
other accidental exposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff
2.1 Housekeeping
The following good housekeeping practices will be followed on site during the construction project.
• An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job.
• All materials stored on site will be stored in a neat orderly manner in their appropriate containers
and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure.
• Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label.
• Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer.
• Whenever possible, all of a product will be used before disposing of the container.
• Manufacturer's recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed.
• The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on site.
2.2 Hazardous Products
These practices are used to reduce the risks associated with hazardous materials:
Products will be kept in original containers unless they are not re -sealable.
Original labels and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be retained as they provide
important product information.
If surplus product must be disposed of, the manufacturer's or local and state recommended
methods for proper disposal will be followed.
2.3 Product Safety Practices
The following product safety practices will be followed on site:
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
All on site vehicles will be monitored for leaks and receive regular preventive maintenance to reduce
the chance of leakage. Petroleum products will be stored in tightly sealed containers which are clearly
labeled.
2.3.2 Fertilizers
Fertilizers used will be applied at recommended agronomic rates. Once applied, fertilizer will be
worked into the soil to limit exposure to storm water. The contents of any partially used bags of
fertilizer will be transferred to a sealable plastic bin to avoid spills.
67

2.4 Spill Control Practices
The following practices will be followed for spill prevention and cleanup:
• Manufacturer's recommended methods for spill cleanup will be clearly understood and site
personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information and cleanup
supplies.
• Materials and equipment necessary for spill cleanup will be kept in the material storage area on
site. Equipment and materials will include but not be limited to brooms, dust pans, mops, rags,
gloves, goggles, kitty litter, sand, sawdust, and plastic and metal trash containers specifically for
this purpose.
• All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery.
• The spill area will be kept well ventilated and personnel will wear appropriate protective clothing
to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance.
• Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate state or local government
agency, regardless of size.
• The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill from
reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of the spill, what
caused it, and the cleanup measures will also be included.
• , the site superintendent responsible for the day-to-day site operations, will
be the spill prevention and cleanup coordinator. He will designate at least other site
personnel who will receive spill prevention and cleanup training. These individuals will each
become responsible for a particular phase of prevention and cleanup.
68

3.0. Site Work
The site shall be maintained in an orderly and clean fashion. Debris should be confined to a common
area and removed weekly. The minimum area needed shall be disturbed. Due to the small footprint
of the project, a formal erosion and control plan has not been developed. However, contractor shall
follow standard practices to minimize any adverse effects from the installation of the system.
3.1 Construction Roads and Parking
Construction roads and parking areas are to be inspected periodically for condition of surface. Top -
dress with new gravel as needed. Check areas for erosion and sedimentation after runoff -producing
rains. Maintain all vegetation in a healthy, vigorous condition. Sediment -producing areas should be
treated immediately.
3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection
Some clearing of trees will be required for the installation of the drain line connecting the facility to
the treatment unit. Care shall be taken to minimize the disturbed area during installation. In spite of
precautions, some damage to protected trees may occur. In such cases, repair any damage to the
crown, trunk, or root system immediately.
- Repair roots by cutting off the damaged areas and painting them with tree paint. Spread peat
moss or moist topsoil over exposed roots.
- Repair damage to bark by trimming around the damaged area as shown in Figure I below,
taper the cut to provide drainage, and paint with tree paint.
- Cut off all damaged tree limbs above the tree collar at the trunk or main branch. Use three
separate cuts as shown in Figure 2 to avoid peeling bark from healthy areas of the tree.
NJ

TREE WOUND
TRIM AND TAPER
Figure 1. Trim bark wounds with a tapered cut, then apply tree paint.
COLLAR
INCORRECT CORRECT
Figure 2. Prune damaged branches with three cuts to avoid peeling bark from the tree when tree trunk falls from
tree.
To the degree possible, the vegetation that is removed during the drain line installation shall be
shredded on site and used to cover the drain line installation. Larger material shall be removed from
the site and disposed of properly.
70

3.3 Removal of Topsoil
MATERIALS
Determine whether the quality and quantity of available topsoil justifies selective handling. Quality
topsoil has the following characteristics:
Texture- loam, sandy loam, and silt loam are best; sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, clay loam,
and loamy sand are fair. Do not use heavy clay and organic soils such as peat or muck as
topsoil.
- Organic matter content- (sometimes referred to as "humic matter") should be greater than
1.5 % by weight.
- Acidity- pH should be greater than 3.6 before liming, and liming is required if it is less than
6.0.
- Soluble salts- should be less than 500 ppm.
- Sodium- sodium adsorption ratio should be less than 12. The depth of material meeting the
above qualifications should be at least 2 inches. Soil factors such as rock fragments, slope,
depth to water table, and layer thickness affect the ease of excavation and spreading of
topsoil. Generally, the upper part of the soil, which is richest in organic matter, is most
desirable; however, material excavated from deeper layers may be worth storing if it meets the
other criteria listed above. Organic soils such as mucks and peats do not make good topsoil.
They can be identified by their extremely light weight when dry.
STRIPPING
Strip topsoil only from those areas that will be disturbed by excavation, filling, road building, or
compaction by equipment. A 4-6 inch stripping depth is common, but depth varies depending on the
site. Determine depth of stripping by taking soil cores at several locations within each area to be
stripped. Topsoil depth generally varies along a gradient from hilltop to toe of the slope. Put sediment
basins, diversions, and other controls into place before stripping.
STOCKPILING
Select stockpile location to avoid slopes, natural drainage ways, and traffic routes (also applies to fill
soil stockpiles). Re -spreading is easier and more economical when topsoil is stockpiled in small piles
located near areas where they will be used.
Sediment barriers- Use sediment fences or other barriers where necessary to retain
sediment.
Temporary seeding- Protect topsoil stockpiles by temporarily seeding as soon as possible,
no more than 21 calendar days after the formation of the stockpile
Permanent vegetation- If stockpiles will not be used within 90 days they must be stabilized
with permanent vegetation to control erosion and weed growth.
SITE PREPARATION
Before spreading topsoil, establish erosion and sedimentation control practices such as diversions, and
berms as needed.
VA1

Grading- Maintain grades on the areas to be topsoiled according to the approved plan and do
not alter them by adding topsoil.
Limit of subsoil- Where the pH of the existing subsoil is 6.0 or less, or the soil is composed
of heavy clays, incorporate agricultural limestone in amounts recommended by soil tests or
specified for the seeding mixture to be used. Incorporate lime to a depth of at least 2 inches
by disking or raking.
Roughening- Immediately prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by disking or
scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches, to ensure bonding of the topsoil and subsoil. If no
amendments have been incorporated, loosen the soil to a depth of at least 6 inches before
spreading topsoil.
SPREADING TOPSOIL
Uniformly distribute topsoil to a minimum compacted depth of 2 inches. Do not spread topsoil while
it is frozen or muddy or when the subgrade is wet or frozen. Correct any irregularities in the surface
that result from topsoiling or other operations to prevent the formation of depressions or water
pockets. Compact the topsoil enough to ensure good contact with the underlying soil, but avoid
excessive compaction, as it increases runoff and inhibits seed germination. Light packing with aroller
is recommended where high -maintenance turf is to be established.
On slopes and areas that will not be mowed, the surface may be left rough after spreading topsoil. A
disk may be used to promote bonding at the interface between the topsoil and subsoil. After topsoil
application, follow procedures for seedbed preparation, taking care to avoid excessive mixing of
topsoil into the subsoil.
3.4 Addition of Fill Material
MATERIALS
To maintain a consistent separation depth to SHWT conditions, some fill soil will be required in
low/rutted spots within the proposed utilization areas. Natural topography is ideal to shed surface
water, and this will not be adjusted.
Up to 6 inches of suitable fill soil may be required in these isolated spots. Final determination will
be made by the contractor and soil scientist. Low areas should be filled so that no water collects
or ponds. Allowances should be made for settling of the soil. The present soil surface texture is
sandy loam and offers a good infiltrative surface. Fill material shall have the following
characteristics:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris,
twigs, sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
V0

4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes: sandy
loam, loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis may be confirmed by a third -parry testing
laboratory if necessary.
5) With 6 inches of fill added in low-lying or rutted areas, the depth to SHWT will allow
buffer to maintain minimum depth to SHWT of 12 inches after installation and operation.
Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur if compaction is a concern, however,
this tillage should not exceed 6 inches below the natural soil surface. Removal of existing
vegetation prior to fill addition is necessary to allow a good gradation between fill and
present soil surface.
It is recommended that borings be performed in spots which are filled to confirm adequate SHWT
separation upon completion of installation and prior to start-up. The contractor should ensure
that proper seeding and compaction practices are followed.
APPLICATION
Specific fill application details may vary from site to site, for this site:
1) Vegetation 8" or less in diameter shall be removed by hand or with small tracked
equipment to prevent native soil loss and compaction.
2) Provide sufficient fill to achieve 12" separation to the SHWT.
3) Fill is to be applied in multiple lifts if necessary.
4) Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur, however, this tillage should not
exceed 4 inches below the natural soil surface.
5) Extend fill material 5 feet beyond the wetted area and blend into the natural contours.
6) Compact the fill material to 1.1-1.3 g/cm3.
7) Surface shall be graded to a final grade that matches the natural grade to provide uniform
drainage.
8) No site work shall be done when the conditions are wet, to avoid excess compaction.
9) Avoid placing fill material around large trees to prevent tree death (an arborist can provide
more guidance on tree protection).
10) Field shall be seeded with temporary vegetation suitable for the specific time of year. If
construction is complete in the following windows, permanent seeding can take place
immediately: February 15 through April 15, or September 15 through November 15. Once
final fill has been placed, a soil fertility sample shall be taken. Seeding can occur
immediately with the following amendments:
Ag-Lime: 280-300 pounds
10-10-10 Fertilizer: 51 pounds
The soil test recommendations will be used to supply additional amendments as needed.
Temporary seeding shall include the following species and rates: Annual ryegrass or
ryegrass blend with other small grains, at 10 pounds per 1000 square feet, lightly tilled or
raked into the top 0.5-1.0 inch of topsoil, cultipack or roll lightly, and cover with straw or
other shade cover. Follow with permanent fescue seeding in the appropriate dates, with
the September 15- October 15 window preferred.
FERTILITY ANALYSIS
73

Upon addition of the fill, a soil sample will be taken for fertility analyses. Soil test recommendations
will be followed for pH adjustment and nutrient amendments for N, P, and K to help with grass
establishment. Soil amendments may be applied pre or post construction.
3.5 Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 SEEDBED REQUIREMENTS
Establishment of vegetation should not be attempted on sites that are unsuitable due to inappropriate
soil texture, poor drainage, concentrated overland flow, or steepness of slope until measures have
been taken to correct these problems.
To maintain a good stand of vegetation, the soil must meet certain minimum requirements as a growth
medium. The existing soil should have these criteria:
- Enough fine-grained (silt and clay) material to maintain adequate moisture and nutrient supply
(available water capacity of at least .05 inches of water to 1 inch of soil).
- Sufficient pore space to permit root penetration.
- Sufficient depth of soil to provide an adequate root zone. The depth to rock or impermeable
layers such as hardpans should be 12 inches or more, except on slopes steeper than 2:1 where
the addition of soil is not feasible.
- A favorable pH range for plant growth, usually 6.0-6.5.
- Freedom from large roots, branches, stones, large clods of earth, or trash of any kind. Clods
and stones may be left on slopes steeper than 3:1 if they are to be hydroseeded.
If any of the above criteria are not met (i. e., if the existing soil is too coarse, dense, shallow, or acidic
to foster vegetation) special amendments are required. The soil conditioners described below may be
beneficial.
3.5.2 SOIL CONDITIONERS
In order to improve the structure or drainage characteristics of a soil, the following materials may be
added. These amendments should only be necessary where soils have limitations that make thempoor
for plant growth or for fine turf establishment.
- Peat Appropriate types are sphagnum moss peat, hypnum moss peat, reed -
sedge peat, or peat humus, all from fresh -water sources. Peat should
be shredded and conditioned in storage piles for at least 6 months after
excavation.
- Sand clean and free of toxic materials.
- Vermiculite horticultural grade and free of toxic substances.
- Rotted manure stable or cattle manure not containing undue amounts of straw or
other bedding materials.
3.5.3 SEEDBED PREPARATION
74

Complete grading according to the approved plan before seeding. Below are steps to take in order to
prepare the seedbed for planting.
• Chisel compacted areas and spread topsoil 3 inched deep over adverse soil conditions, if available.
• Rip the entire area to 6 inches deep.
• Remove all loose rock, roots, and other obstructions leaving surface reasonably smooth and
uniform.
• Apply agricultural lime, fertilizer, and superphosphate uniformly and mix with soil (section 4.6).
• Continue tillage until a well pulverized, firm reasonably uniform seedbed is prepared 4 to 6 inches
deep.
• Seed on a freshly prepared seedbed.
• Mulch immediately after seeding and anchor mulch (section 8.3).
Apply lime and fertilizer evenly and incorporate into the top 4-6 inches of soil by disking or other
suitable means. Operate machinery on the contour. When using a hydroseeder, apply lime and
fertilizer to a rough, loose surface.
Roughen surfaces. Complete seedbed preparation by breaking up large clods and raking into a
smooth, uniform surface. Fill in or level depressions that can collect water. Broadcast seed into a
freshly loosened seedbed that has not been sealed by rainfall.
3.5.4 SEEDING
Seeding dates given in the manufacturer's seeding mixture specifications are designated as "best" or
"possible". Seedings properly carried out within the "best" dates have a high probability of success.
It is also possible to have satisfactory establishment when seeding outside these dates. However, as
you deviate from them, the probability of failure increases rapidly. Seeding on the last date shown
under "possible" may reduce chances of success by 30-50%. Always take this into account in
scheduling land -disturbing activities.
Use certified seed for permanent seeding whenever possible. Certified seed is inspected by the North
Carolina Crop Improvement Association. It meets published North Carolina Standards and should
bear an official "Certified Seed" label.
Labeling of non -certified seed is also required by law. Labels contain important information on seed
purity, germination, and presence of weed seeds. Seed must meet State standards for content of
noxious weeds. Do not accept seed containing "prohibited" noxious weed seed.
Apply seed uniformly with a cyclone seeder, drop -type spreader drill, cultipacker seeder, or
hydroseeder on a firm, friable seedbed.
When using a drill or cultipacker seeder, plant small grains no more than 1 inch deep, grasses and
legumes no more than 2 inch. Equipment should be calibrated in the field for the desired seeding rate.
When using broadcast -seeding methods, subdivide the area into workable sections and determine the
amount of seed needed for each section. Apply one-half the seed while moving back and forth across
75

the area, making a uniform pattern; then apply the second half in the same way, but moving at right
angles to the first pass (Figure 13).
Cover broadcast seed by raking or chain dragging; then firm the surface with a roller or cultipacker to
provide good seed contact.
3.5.5 IRRIGATION
Moisture is essential for seed germination and seedling establishment. Supplemental irrigation can be
very helpful in assuring adequate stands in dry seasons or to speed development of full cover. Assess
the need for irrigation when the seeding is conducted.
Water application rates must be carefully controlled to prevent runoff. Inadequate or excessive
amounts of water can be more harmful than no supplemental water.
3.5.6 MULCHING
Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding. Select a material based on site and practice
requirements, availability of material, labor, and equipment. Table 6.14a lists commonly used mulches
and some alternatives.
Before mulching, complete the required grading, install sediment control practices, and prepare the
seedbed. Apply seed before mulching except in the following cases:
- Seed is applied as part of a hydroseeder slurry containing wood fiber mulch.
- A hydroseeder slurry is applied over straw.
3.5.7 APPLICATION OF ORGANIC MULCH
Organic mulches are effective where they can be tacked securely to the surface.
Spread mulch uniformly by hand, or with a mulch blower. When spreading straw mulch by hand,
divide the area to be mulched into sections of approximately 1,000 ftZ, and place 70-90 lb of straw (1
to 2 bales) in each section to facilitate uniform distribution (See Table below). After spreading mulch,
no more than 25% of the ground surface should be visible. In hydroseeding operations, a green dye,
added to the slurry, assures a uniform application.
3.5.8 ANCHORING ORGANIC MULCH
Straw mulch must be anchored immediately after spreading using vegetation.
Rye (grain) may be used to anchor mulch in fall plantings, and German millet in spring. Broadcast at
15 lb/acre before applying mulch.
3.5.9 PERMANENT STABILIZATION
Permanent stabilization is needed in graded or cleared areas subject to erosion and where a
permanent, long-lived vegetative cover is needed. Typically, disturbed portions of a site where
construction activities have permanently ceased will be stabilized with permanent seeding no later
than 14 days after the last construction activity. This method will not provide erosion control cover
or prevent soil slippage on soils that are not stable due to soil texture or structure, water movement
NO

or excessively steep slopes. In some areas, it may be necessary to install erosion or sediment control
practices such as dikes, contour ripping, erosion stops, channel liners, sediment basins, diversions,
subsurface drainage, or other practices.
Prior to seeding, 1,000 lbs/ac of a 12-12-12 or equivalent fertilizer and lime according to soil test or
in lieu of soil test, 4,000 lbs/ac of ground agricultural limestone shall be worked into the soil to a
depth of 3 inches.
Seed should be applied uniformly at a depth of 1/4 to 2 inch with appropriate equipment. Except on
very flat slopes and ideal seeding conditions, small grain straw should be applied at a rate of 3,000 to
4,000 lbs/ac using appropriate mulch anchoring techniques. Other mulch materials can be used
except under adverse conditions or steep slopes; grain straw should be adequate.
77

4.0 Installer Specification
- Installer to maintain Class IV installer License per NCOWCICB.
- Installer to document installation history of advanced pretreatment systems and surface
application systems.
78

5.0 Material Specifications
5.1 Concrete Tanks
All concrete tanks are to be State approved tanks.
5.2 Piping
All drainlines and piping to be SCH 40 PVC. Non -pressure drain lines can be DVW.
Sweeping style elbows to be used on gravity lines. All pressure lines to be pressure rated
SCH 40 PVC. All pressure lines to be cut with a hand ratcheting style cutter or wheel style
cutter. PVC saws shall not be used to cut pressure pipe.
5.3 Electrical Requirements
Installer shall install all electrical fittings from the control panel to the individual treatment
components and pumps. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications. Qualified electrician or local power utility shall bring power to panel and
energize panel.
NJ

6.0 Component Specifications (information following)
6.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
- All concrete tanks to be State Approved Tank.
- All tank seams to be sealed with butyl rubber sealant.
- Backfill and compact soil around tank with a "jumping jack" style compactor.
- Following installation, tanks to be vacuum and water tested. Passing criteria as follows:
- Vacuum Test 5 in Hg for 2 min with <0.5 in Hg
- Water Test 10 gallons/1000 gallons/24 hr period
- Tanks to be installed level on 6" gravel base (#57 stone)
- All penetrations to be cast in place rubber boots for inflow and outflow penetrations.
- All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters for Orenco Risers.
6.2 Access Risers
- Install risers per manufacturer's specifications.
- All Orenco risers to extend minimum 6" above grade.
- All electrical conduits to be sealed with duct seal.
- Penetrations thru risers to use grommets or bulk head fitting.
- All tank risers that do not contain an inner lid shall be equipped with a safety net.
6.3 Drain Line
- All gravity drain line to be 4" SCH 40 PVC, DWV.
- Elbows to be sweeping style fitting.
6.4 Pumps
- Install pumps per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Piping to be SCH 40 Pressure Pipe.
6.5 AdvanTex Treatment Unit
- Install unit per manufacturers specifications (included).
- Install with 12" lid extension if needed.
- Install unit on 6" gravel base.
6.6 UV Disinfection
- Install UV disinfection per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
80

6.7 Control Panel
- Install per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Panel to be minimum 24" above grade.
- Seal all pipes with duct seal
- Panel to be mounted on 4" x 6" (minimum) pressure treated post.
- Install Rain Sensor on control panel enclosure.
6.8 Drip Field
- Install drip field per system drawings.
- Drip field shall be cleared of small brush, debris and vegetation by hand or with small
tracked equipment.
- Install perimeter fence per system drawings.
6.9 Irrigation Headworks
- Install headworks per system drawing.
- Install headworks on 6" gravel base.
81

Tanks and Risers
82

�
m
cu�
/
\\°
3
q
LO &
0 2
2
0
O o
j .
u {
f
\
3M
m
)\u
z m
d c
�001Uw
�.
/\S�)}�
~
/ \ / \
G
/
27
Cie }
}
El
\
\
\
Z \
\ \
\ I \ j \
x>=
o<
e, w 1
0
± K
i>
3
e
e s,
z
Q g: w e,&®
j°
± � w
2
/\3
G
�w�
\j6
=
d < 2 © 3
± gw
S ' »
2 0
C)
z x
\� \ y m
_
> d ©.-
`
/ y 9 J
\\
@` 2
o \ c 2 d
� m
g ) z
o o \ w x
o J
y c o
` ± ®
.0
J
d
/
\\
e
W w O w m
L6
o ±�}
0 /( *
�
���
% _
\ /\ `�
a

\ » \ �° 7
® 2 ..
e§
5 2\\32� \f c
/IL a> m e <6x7= j 2 2
mm noo® 1 » _ § _
e2 e 30/95 ® »Q®* ?c
2m /\ >\I~t® \\}LLJ
, , mz�
j\ ~\/0\(( ®\/}ƒG\ LauL-
e� \= G-\\ /��,_LD
L \
E� uj=(\S� ED LLJja_ED \
®g &a//zz2 ±0222*2r3j e
&E ~ /\\/ $/\jb/333± \ 0 / \
j\ �J~)yb/LLJU
LJ
0-'
o z
z \ y gm = c m
E � 2
0 o g \
......
, o o e -
j 2 ® w
2 'y o 7
/ > o
\ 0 2 w
- W o ®
Qj
~ .. S 2 »
g o w w
u J o 0
°® m 4
: z
©/ z�—
\ / \
2 m \ e 2 0 .2
.CL
2 E \
Ez
Ln c 2
o ° / d
2 as C
c z
z®
a / y
—
�
±w�Smm
\ / d t Ln

PRTA ABS Tank Adapters
Applications
PRTA tank adapters are used to provide a structural, watertight method
of installing a 24-or 30-inch (600- or 750-mm) access riser over a tank
opening.
General
Orenco's PRTA tank adapters are molded plastic products and there-
fore have excellent part -quality and consistency. PRTA tank adapters
can be cast into a tank or fastened to the top of the tank with a bolt -
down kit. The bolt -down kit consists of either six or twelve (depending
on model) stainless steel concrete anchors and a roll of butyl tape.
The O.D. of the vertical flange matches the I.D. of Orenco's ribbed
risers, which provides a suitable joint to seal with MA320, ADH100,
SS115, or SS140 adhesive. Cast in Place Tank Adapters
Onfor each end of each tank.
Standard Models x PRTA24
PRTA24,PRTA30
PRTA24BDKIT (6 anchors), PRTA30BDKIT (12 anchors)
Product Code Diagram
P RTA �0
Riser diameter
24 = 24" riser (Derma-Loc, Ultra -Rib, KOR FLO)
30 = 30" riser (Derma-Loc, Ultra -Rib)
TABS riser tank adapter
Materials of Construction
Tank adapter
ABS
Concrete anchors
Stainless steel anchor bolts
Sealant
Butyl tape
Specifications
Dimensions*
PRTA24
PRTA30
A - Outside dia., in. (mm)
23.38 (594)
29.25 (743)
B - Flange dia., in. (mm)
26.75 (679)
34.25 (870)
C - Horizontal flange width, in. (mm)
2.00 (51)
2.50 (64)
D -Vertical flange height, in. (mm)
3.50 (89)
3.25 (83)
"The tank adapter has a nominal 0.25 inch (6 men thickness
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-PRTA-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17 85
Page 1 of 1

Access Risers -Ultra-Rib '""
Applications
Orenco's Access Risers provide access to septic tank openings and
can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks, bonded in place, or bolted
down using a riser tank adaptor. They can also be used as valve
enclosures.
Materials of Construction
Ultra -Rib TM PVC Pipe: PVC
Specifications
General
Orenco Ultra-RibTm Access Risers are constructed of ribbed PVC pipe
and are available in 12-, 18-, 21-, and 24-in. diameters. They can be
ordered in 3-in. (76.2-mm) increments in lengths up to 13 ft (3.96 m)
for 12- and 18-in. diameter risers, and up to 14 ft
(4.27 m) for 21- and 24-in. diameter risers. Orenco Ultra -Rib riser
pipe is also available in truckload quantities. A complete line of Orenco
pipe -cutting tools makes it easy to fabricate risers in your shop or in
the field Risers: 6 x RR24 XX
djust riser height to allow for
Standard Models minimum 6" above ground.
:a:;m�l�:�:�
Product Code Diagram
R❑❑❑+❑+❑
Tischarge grommet option, in. (mm):
Blank = no discharge grommet
10 = 1 (25)
12 = 1Ya (32)
15 = 1Yz(38)
20 = 2 (50)
Splice box grommet or splice box options (choose one):
Blank = no grommet or splice box
or
S = grommet installed,1 -in. (25-mm), fits SB1 -SB4
L = grommet installed, 1Ya-in. (32-mm), fits SB5-SB6
SX = hole drilled for Orenco° external splice boxy
or
S1 = grommet and SB1 internal splice box installed
S2 = grommet and SB2 internal splice box installed
S3 = grommet and SB3 internal splice box installed
S4 = grommet and SB4 internal splice box installed
L5 = grommet and SB5 internal splice box installed
L6 = grommet and SB6 internal splice box installed
or
XS = grommet and simplex explosion -proof splice box installed$
XD = grommet and duplex explosion -proof splice box installed$
XI = grommet and triplex explosion -proof splice box installed$
Riser height in inches (3-in. increments standard)
Riser diameter:
12 =
12-in. (300-mm)'
18 =
18-in. (450-mm)'
21 =
21-in. (525-mm)
24 =
24-in. (600-mm)
I Riser type code:
R = 12-in. (300-mm), 21-in. (525-mm), and 24-in. (600-mm) diameters
U = 18-in. (450-mm) diameter
PU = bulk Ultra -Rib- pipe, all diameters
Riser, Ultra -Rib'"
Not intended for use over pump vaults
t Requires minimum 18-in. (457-mm) riser height
t For Class I Division I environments
Model
RR12XX
RU18XX
RR21XX
RR24XX
I.D., in. (mm)
11.74 (298)
17.65 (448)
20.50 (521)
23.50 (597)
Wall Thickness - excluding ribs, in. (mm)
0.10(3)
0.19(5)
0.25(6)
0.25 (6)
O.D. - including ribs, in. (mm)
13.13 (334)
19.44 (494)
22.63 (575)
25.63 (651)
Weight, Ibs per ft (kg per m)
5(7.4)
11 (16.4)
15 (22.3)
19 (28.3)
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-RR-2
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17 86
Page 1 of 1

PVC Riser Installation
Installing PVC Access Risers onto Cast -In Orenco® Riser -Tank Adapters
Access risers provide access to septic tank openings, simplifying inspection and maintenance procedures. Access riser -to -tank connections
must be watertight for the proper functioning of an onsite septic system or effluent sewer system. Orenco strongly recommends watertightness
testing of all access riser -to -tank connections after installation.
Following are instruction sets for prepping and installing access risers, installing grommets, and selecting adhesives for riser installations.
Refer to the chart below to determine which instruction set to use.
InstructionSet................................................................................ Page
1. Riser Preparation ..................................................................................1
2. Grommet Installation............................................................................... 2
3. Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters................................................................. 3
4. Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24, PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters .................... 4
5. Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-Diameter (600-mm) Risers ................................... 5
6. Riser Watertightness Testing.......................................................................... 6
7. Adhesive Selection and Quantities...................................................................... 7
Instruction Set 1: Riser Preparation
Step 1: Determine Riser Height
Determine how high the riser needs to be.
• The top of the riser should be about 3 inches (75 mm) above finished grade
after installation and backfilling —This allows 2 inches (50 mm) for tank
settling and 1 inch (25 mm) for ensuring drainage away from the riser.
Step 2. Cut Riser to Size (if Necessary)
If the riser needs to be cut to size, cut it with a circular saw or table saw
• Always cut excess length from the bottom of the riser.
• For square, even cuts, a good fit, and a watertight joint between the riser
and the adapter, use an Orenco riser -cutting saw guide.
• To install risers less than 30 inches (760 mm) wide onto 500-gallon
(2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks, cut the riser so it fits into the tank and the
lowest rib rests on the tank's top, as shown.
Step 3. Dry Fit Riser to Adapter
Step 3a: Dry fit the riser to the adapter.
• Make sure riser penetrations are the right sizes and in the correct locations.
Step 3b: If the riser is higher than 3 inches (75 mm) above the estimated final
grade, cut it to size per the instructions in Step 2.
Step 3c: If the riser is too short, use an Orenco grade ring to extend it.
❑2
Riser prep for 500-gal. (2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
87
Page 1 of 7

Instruction Set 2: Grommet Installation
Step 1: Mark Access Riser
Step 1a: Use the site plans or drawings to find out if riser penetrations are needed
Step 1 b: Use the plans or drawing to mark the locations of the penetrations.
• If plans or drawings aren't available, use Drawing 1 b as a general guide
for locating riser penetrations.
Step 2: Drill Holes and Clean Access Riser
Step 2a: Drill holes for riser penetrations.
• If you have questions about where to locate various riser penetrations,
contact your Distributor for more information.
Using Orenco® RKHS Hole Saws ...
Cut the hole and grind the ribs down to make a flat, smooth surface for
installing the grommet.
• Make sure your hole saw is the correct size and your drill is at least 18 volts.
• Don't grind too deeply — about 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) is deep enough.
Using Standard Hole Saws ...
1: Use the correctly sized hole saw to cut a hole, centered on the mark.
2: Trim the riser ribs back 1 inch (25 mm) from around the hole.
• Use a grinder or cutting tool to notch the ribs through to the riser wall.
• Use a hammer and chisel to break off the notched rib sections.
• Use a grinder to make a flat, smooth surface around the hole.
Step 2b: Clean and deburr the hole and flat surface with a wire brush and
deburring knife or tool.
• Be careful not to enlarge the penetration.
Step 3: Install Grommet
Step 3a: Apply a bead of adhesive to the groove in the grommet's outer diameter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3b: Firmly press the grommet into the penetration.
Grommet Hole Sizing Guide
Grommet size, inches (nominal IPS pipe size)
Hole saw size
112
1
3/4
1-1/4
1
1-9/16
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-112
2-1/8
2
2-3/4
3
3-7/8
4
5
For more information on grommet dimensions and actual pipe O.D., see the Orenco Technical Data
Sheet for grommets, NTD-RLA-PG-1
Grommet for
splice box
(at 12 o'clock)
�r uM1
VGrommet for
discharge assembly
(at 3 or 9 o'clock)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 7 88

Instruction Set 3:
Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter Channel and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the adapter channel and the bottom surfaces of the riser
with sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the channel and the
bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The channel must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Adhesive
Fill the channel with methacrylate adhesive.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Note: If you're using a methacrylate adhesive that's non -self -leveling, use
enough to fully fill the channel, with no voids in the adhesive.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the bottom of the riser into the channel.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
• If the inside seam is not completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete
fillet.
Step X Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the inside seam.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
89
NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 3 of 7

Instruction Set 4:
Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24,
PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the adapter and riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and the riser.
• The bonding surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the outside of the adapter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly
Step 3b: Firmly press the riser onto the adapter until the bottom of the riser is
resting on the concrete (cast -in adapters) or the adapter flange (bolted -down
adapters).
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
Step X Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the inside of the access
riser -adapter joint.
Step 3d: Use a putty knife, tongue depressor, or clean shop rag to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of the access riser -adapter joint.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 4 of 7 90

3b
ss-section detail of adhesive fil
inside seam of 1000-gal. (378
k with 24-inch (600-mm) riser
Cross-section detail of adhesive
fillet on outside seam of 500-gal.
(1890-L) tank with 24-inch
(600-mm) riser
10
Instruction Set 5:
Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-
Diameter (600-mm) Risers
Step 1: Prep Tank and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the roughened tank
surface and the bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply methacrylate adhesive to the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Press the riser into position
• For 1000-gal. through 2000-gal. tanks (3785-L through 7570-L), firmly press
the riser onto the tank opening
• For 500-gal. (1890-L) tanks, firmly press the riser into the tank opening.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and create a good bond.
• If the seams aren't completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete fillet.
Step X Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the seams.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
oil
NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 5 of 7

Instruction Set 6: Riser Watertightness Testing
IMPORTANT A watertight tank and watertight riser -to -tank connections are
critical for the wastewater system to function effectively and efficiently.
Step 1: Prep for Test
Step 1a: Make sure the adhesive seams have set and the tank has been backfilled
according to the manufacturer's instructions — typically to the tank's midpoint.
Step 1b: Plug the inlet (and outlet, if present) of the tank with watertight plugs.
Step 1c: Fill the tank with water to a level 2 inches (51 mm) into the riser.
Step 2: Test Watertightness
Step 2a: Wait for the required time before inspecting the riser -to -tank
connections for leakage.
• Follow the tank manufacturer's recommendations (or applicable local regula-
tions) for wait times before inspecting the tank for leaks.
• Orenco recommends at least 30 minutes for its fiberglass tanks.
Step 2b: Check for any drop in the liquid level inside of the riser and any visible
leakage from the riser -to -tank connections.
• At the end of the test, there should be no drop in liquid level and no visible
leakage from seams, pinholes, or other imperfections.
• If leaks are found during the test, seal the leaks and repeat the test.
Step 2c: Once the riser -to -tank connections are proven watertight, remove the
plug(s) and drop the water level in the tank to just below the invert of the inlet or
outlet, whichever is lower.
Watertightness test
7tank
m)
A2 in.
� Tank brim (51 mm)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 6 of 7 92

Instruction Set 7: Adhesive Selection and Quantities
Use the table below to select the correct adhesive and quantity for your grommet or riser installation(s). Be sure to check the expiration
date on the adhesive package. If the adhesive is expired, do not use it to install Orenco components.
Note: Before installing a riser on an Orenco riser -tank adapter with an adhesive not recommended in the table below, contact your
Distributor or Orenco.
Component Adhesive Type and Approximate Usage
MA8120 SA510 MA320 IPS 810 ADH100
300/300-mL cartridge 300/300-mL cartridge 7-oz (200-mL) 1-pint (473-mL) 10.2-oz (300-mL) tube
(600-mL total) (600-mL total) packet 1-quart (946-mL)
Grommets
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
various quantities
Riser Tank FRTA36
1 carhdge'
1 carhdge'
n/a
n/a
n/a
Adapters PRTA24
Y2 cartridge*
Y2 cartridge*
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
PRTA24-2
2_ Y2 cartridge'
2_ Y2 cartridge'
n/a
< 1 pint
n/a
PRTA30
< 1 cartridge'
< 1 cartridge'
2 packets
n/a
2 tubes
RRFFA24
Y2 cartridge*
Y2 cartridge*
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
RRFFA30
1 carhdge'
1 carhdge'
2 packets
n/a
n/a
Indicates preferred adhesive for this application
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
93 Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 7 of 7

DuraFiber'" Access Lids
Applications
Drenco° DuraFiber" Access Lids provide a secure, damage -resistant
covering for ribbed PVC and HDPE risers, pump basins, and access
ports. They are not recommended for vehicular traffic. 24-inch (600-mm)
DuraFiber lids require an RLA24 adapter to mate to 24-inch (600-mm)
Perma-LOCTI pipe. 30-inch (750-mm) DuraFiber lids are not compatible
with 30-inch (750-mm) RLA Riser -Lid -Adapters or 30-inch (750-mm)
Perma-Loc pipe. For these products, use Drenco's FLF-Series lids.
General
DuraFiber Access Lids are constructed of resin -infused fiberglass fabrics
for extreme durability and damage resistance, with breaking strengths in
excess of 20,000 pounds (9,000 kg).
They feature flat -style flanges for easier access, allowing clean, flush -to -
grade installations. They have cored centering rings for aligning lids with
risers. They also have urethane gaskets to help provide watertight seals.
DuraFiber Lids feature a non-skid surface for better grip and aesthet-
ics, a molded -in caution statement, and room for a customer logo. They
come with four 515-inch stainless steel flathead socket cap screws and
a hex key wrench.
Durafiber Lids are available with optional insulation, installed at the fac-
tory or in kits that can be installed in the field.
Standard Models
FLD24G, FLD24GATX, FLD24GW, FLD30G, FLD30GATX, FLD30GW
Prod
FLD [
uct Code Diagram
Riser Lids
FLD 24G (6)
:==
Tolor and logo options:
Blank = green color lid
B = brown color lid
C = custom logo
ATX = AdvanTeO logo
W = warning label
Insulation'
Blank = no insulation
12 = 2-inch (50-mm) insulation installed
14 = 4-inch (100-mm) insulation installed
Vent and filter options:
Blank = no vent or filter options
V = vent
CF = carbon filter
I Gasket options:
G = gasket (standard)
Blank = no gasket
Lid diameter, in. (mm):
24 = 24 (600)
30 = 30 (750)
DuraFiber'" fiberglass lid
Insulalion has an B-value of 10 per 2-inch (50-mm) increment.
B
T
1.4
C
—
Materials of Construction:
Lid
Fiberglass reinforced polyester
Gasket
Urethane
Centering ring core
Structural foam
Mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Insulation (optional)
Closed -cell foam
Insulation mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Specifications
Model
FLD24XX
FLD30XX
A in. (mm)
26 (660)
33 (838)
B, in. (mm)
1%2 (38)
1%2 (38)
C, in. (mm)
23'/4 (590)
29'/4 (743)
Gasket width, in. (mm)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
Bolt hole diameter, in. (mm)
%6 (8)
5/6 (8)
Weight, Ibs (kg)
11 (5)
20 (9)
Bolt holes, per lid
4
4
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-FL-4
Rev. 3.0, 010/17
94
Page 1 of 1

External Splice Box
Applications
The Orenco° External Splice Box attaches outside the access riser of an
underground tank. It is engineered specifically for water and wastewater
treatment systems and is especially suited for use in locations prone to
high groundwater and other wet conditions. Its separate conduit hubs,
large volume, and optional dividers make it useful for maintaining isolation
of high and low voltage wires where needed. It has four cord grips which
accommodate power cords for floats and pumps of 0.170 - 0.470 inches
(4.3 - 11.9 mm) in diameter. Unused cord grips can be plugged watertight
with the supplied cord grip plugs. Each External Splice Box is provided with
a hole -cutting template to simplify installation on the riser and a 4-inch
(100-mm) diameter grommet for the riser penetration.
SBEX1-5
Treatment Pod (1), Pump Tank (1), Headworks (2)
Run pump and float cords through Splice Box to Panel.
DO NOT CUT WIRES IN SPLICE BOX IF POSSIBLE
1
General
To specify the Orenco External Splice Box for your installation, require the
following:
• Watertight for prolonged submergence per UL listing (Type 6P)
• Attachment external to access riser to allow inspection with no need
to open the riser lid
• Volume of 100 in.' (1639 cm) for easy wiring access and to
accommodate multiple wiring configurations
• Bottom entry, so conduit or direct -bury cable always remains below
minimum burial depth
• Molded of UL (f1) rated plastic, resistant to cold and UV exposure,
suitable for external applications
• Optional divider plates available for isolating high and low voltage
wires from separate conduits or direct -bury cable
Standard Models
SBEX1-4,SBEXI-4-P
Product Code Diagram
SBEX1-4 -
TBlank = no divider plates
P = divider plates
External splice box
r'
The External Splice Box is molded
#�
of a UL (f1) rated PVC alloy. It has
a UL Type 6P listing for prolonged
submergence.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
95
NTD-SBEX-1
Rev. 3.0, 010/17
Page 1 of 2

Physical Specifications Materials of Construction
Volume
100 in.3 (1639 cm3)
Splice box
PVC alloy
Cord grips
4 per SBEX
Cord grips
Nylon
Cord grip plugs
3 per SBEX
Cord grip plugs
EPDM rubber
Conduit sizes 3/a in.,1 in. (with coupling), %2 in. (with fitting or bell end
accommodated
Dia. of hole into riser 5 in. (127 mm), hole -cutting template included
duit Optional
iuus (2) divider
% Conduit
hub plug (1)
NTD-SBEX-1 Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 3.0, 010/17
Page 2 of 2 96

FEATURES
• Use as.a security measure to keep
persons, especially children, from
accidental entry while systems are
being serviced or any other instance
where a cover is removed
Available to fit 18", 24", and 30"
diameter risers
Open areas in web are large enough
to allow tanks to be pumped without
having to remove the security net
Installs easily in our segmented riser
and others
Install safety net in a// risers not
containing an inner lid. I
Order part No. STF-N18
STF-N24
STF-N30
CAD detail drawing available in DXF format
U.S. Patent Pending
RELATED PRODUCTS
STF-C124 page 5
STF-APC240 page 6
STF-AP024B page 6
STF-R82413 page 9
STF-AR24 page 9
STF-APC24GI-075 page 14
STF-APC24BI-075 page 14
STF-APC24GI-100 page 14
STF-APC24BI-100 page 14
STF-APL24G page 14
STF-APL24B page 14
Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582.1020 Fax [phone] Email [e-mail] Web www.gag-simtech com
97

Septic Tank Effluent Filter
98

8-in. to 15-in. Dia. Biotube Effluent Filters
Applications
Orenco° 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube" Effluent Filters are designed to
remove solids from effluent leaving commercial septic tanks. They can be
used in new and existing tanks.
General
Orenco° 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube" Effluent Filters" are used to improve
the quality of effluent exiting a commercial septic tank. The Biotube
cartridge fits snugly in the vault and is removable for maintenance, the
handle assembly snaps into the notches in the top of the vault, and the
tee handle can be extended for easy removal of the cartridge. A "base
inlet' model (see p. 2) is available for low -profile tanks. An optional slide
rail system, available on larger models, simplifies installation and provides
tank access for servicing.
Handle assembly
Narm float assembly
;ordered separately)
Pipe coupling
Biotubes
Vault
nlet holes
Supr
i
Suppo
Cutaway view
Side view
" Orenco° BiotuboO Effluent Filters are covered under multiple U.S. and international patents.
Standard Models
FT0854-36, FT1254-36, FT1554-36, FT0822-14B, FT1254-36AR
Product Code Diagrams
FT 0 ❑ ❑ - 36 ❑T FTP 0854-36 NC
Float sw on bracket and slide rail options.
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch bracket installed
R = slide rail installedr
Cartridge height, in. (mm).
36 = 36 (914), standard
Housing height', in. (mm).
48 = 48 (1219)
54 = 54(1372)
60 = 6011524)
66 = 66 (1676-mm)
Filter diameter, in. (mm).
08 = 08 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
15 = 15 (375)
I Filter mesh option.
Blank = /-in.(3-mm)filter mesh
P = %e-in. (1 6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube- effluent fitter
`Minimum liquid level (MILL) information.
48-n. 129-mm)housing for MILL of 37-46 in. (940-1168 mm)
54-in.(1372-mm)housingfor MLLof47-63 in (1194-1600mm)
60-in. (1524-mm) housing for MLL of 64-84 in. (1626-2134 mm)
66-in. (1676-mm) housing for MLL of 85-112 in. (2159-2845 mm)
r For 12-and 15-in. (300-and 375-mm) only, use slide rail option
when only one access is available for the filter chamber
FTD❑22-14B❑
Tloat switch bracket and overflow plate options.
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch elbow installed
FSO = overflow plate installed
Base inlet model
Cartridge height, in. (mm).
14 = 14 (356), standard
Filter housing height, in. (mm).
22 = 22 (558), standard
Filter diameter, in. (mm).
08 = 8 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
I Filter mesh option.
Blank = 1/8-in.(3-mm)filter mesh
P = %e-in. (1 6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube- effluent filter
Materials of Construction
Vault PVC
Pipe coupling PVC
Handle components PVC
Support coupling and bracket PVC
Biotube° cartridge Polypropylene and polyethylene
Note: Support coupling and support bracket are available on 12-inch and 15-inch filters only.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-FT-FT-2
99 Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Air vents and discharge orifices
Air vent
Discharge orifice(s)
��
O
8-in. base
8-in.
12-in. to 15-in.
inlet models
models
models
A
PM
a
A
as D E
a
as C D E
a�°aaa
5 in.
B B
Standard model Base inlet model
Specifications
Model FT0854-36 FT0822-14B FT1254-36 FT1254-36AR FT1554-36
A - Cartridge height, in.
36 14
36
36
36
B - Nominal diameter, in.
8 8
12
12
15
C - Inlet hole height', in.
22 n/at
22
22
22
D - Vault base to invert height, in.
38 13
38
38
38
E - Vault height
54 22
54
54
54
Number of inlet holes
8 n/a
8
8
8
Inlet hole diameter, in.
1.375 n/a
1.375
1.375
1.375
Number of discharge orifices
2 1
1
1
1
Discharge orifice diameter, in.
1.125 1.750
2
2
2
Pipe coupling diameter, in.
4 4
4
4
4
Number of air vents
1 1
1
1
1
Air vent diameter, in.
0.75 1.750
0.75
0.75
0.75
Filter surface area$, ft2
14.6 6.0
30.0
30.0
50.5
Flow area", ft2
4.4 1.8
9.0
9.0
15.2
Inlet hole height can vary depending on the configuration of the tank. Optimum hole height is 65-75% of the minimum liquid level.
t No inlet holes required, because influent enters between the vault base and the bottom of the filter cartridge.
$ Filter area is defined as the total surface area of all individuaI BiotuhesO within the filter cartridge.
"Flow area is defined as the total open area (area of the mesh openings) of all the individual Blotuhes within the filter cartridge.
NTD-FT-FT-2
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
100

Biotubeg Effluent Filters
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
FT08 Models and All Base Inlet Models
U.S. Patent Nos. 5294635 / 4439323
Installation Instructions:
The Biotube Effluent Filter is suspended in the septic tank by the 4" outlet pipe. The filter is composed of a
vault body that will be fixed to the discharge pipe and a removable cartridge that consists of the Biotube
filter cartridge and the extendible handle.
1. Test -fit the effluent filter on the 4" out-
let pipe without gluing. Make sure that
it fits plumb.
Any existing outlet tee will have to be
removed.
2. Ensure sufficient clearance for trouble -
free servicing of filter cartridge. Install
assembly near the tank wall to reduce
any stresses that may be caused by
maintenance.
Sufficient room between the access
port and filter should be provided for
easy removal of solids from the tank.
The cartridge will need to be removed
and cleaned while the tank's solids
content is being pumped -out.
Ca
Orenco Systems'
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
N IN-F r-FTM-1
Rev.1.3, ©12102
Pagel of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
3. Once the filter has been fitted properly,
apply primer and PVC cement to the
outside of the outlet pipe and the filter's
4" outlet. Use a multipurpose cement if
the outlet pipe is ABS. Do not use
primer on ABS.
Optional: Stainless steel set screws
may be used instead of glue.
4. Slide the effluent filter onto the 4" pipe
and plumb vertically.
5. Hold the filter in position until the adhe-
sive has time to set (approximately 20
seconds).
6. Extend the handle of the cartridge to an
elevation above the top of the tank for
easy access. Use 3/4" schedule 40 PVC
for extension.
Either use the stainless steel set
screws or glue the extensions in place.
�f
NIN-rT-FrM-1
102 Rev.1.3, ©12102
Page 2 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
Optional
In existing tanks or in tanks with poorly
located access ports, it may be
necessary to extend the tank outlet
fitting by using a coupling.
A coupling may also be needed to
bush from 3034 PVC to the schedule
40 outlet of the filter.
Maintenance Instructions:
1. Remove the filter cartridge by lifting it
out of the vault.
2. Spray the cartridge tubes with a hose
to remove material sticking to them.
Make sure the rinse water runs back
into the tank.
3. Inspect the vent hole and modulating
orifices. Spray them clear of any
debris.
Replace the cartridge. Be sure to snap
the cartridge back into the saddle holes
at the top of the cartridge vault.
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev.1.3, ©12102 103
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions (continued)
4. An alarm is optional and will give notice that
the filter needs attention before the building
sewer backs up.
If you have an alarm, check to make sure it
is working by lifting the float switch and
sounding the alarm.
Record that you have cleaned the filter and,
if applicable, checked the alarm. Also com-
ment any other observations about the tank
or system.
Make sure to clean up thoroughly when
finished.
Inspection / Maintenance
Date installed: Model Tank: Size:
Model: Single/Double Compartment:
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev.1.3, ©12102 104
Page 4 of 4

AdvanTex Treatment Component
105

AdvanTee AX-RT Treatment Systems
Applications
Orenco's AdvanTex° AX-RT Treatment System is a single, complete,
self-contained module that treats septic tank effluent to better than
secondary standards with nitrogen reduction before discharging it by
means of pump or gravity. It is ideal for:
• Repairs and retrofits
• Small sites and poor soils
• Sites that require shallow bury
Product image is for illustrative purposes only.
General
Following a septic tank equipped with a Biotube° effluent filter, the
AdvanTex AX-RT unit eliminates the need for separate recirc, treat-
ment, and discharge tanks by performing all functions within a single
module. It also reduces the number of risers and lids needed in the
treatment train. For sites requiring antibuoyancy measures, Orenco
offers antifloatation kits with turnbuckles.
The heart of the system is the AdvanTex Recirculating Treatment Tank,
a sturdy, watertight, corrosion -proof fiberglass tank that includes the
same dependable, textile treatment media found in all AdvanTex prod-
ucts. AX-20RT MODE3A
6" collar to be added
Standard Models
AX20RT-MODElA, AX20RT-MODE13/10, AX20RT-MODE1 3/30
AX25RT-MODElA, AX25RT-MODE13/10, AX25RT-MODE1 3/30
Product Code Diagram
AXORT 00-0 El 0-0
oat swum opnons.
Blank = mercury float switches
MVF = non mercury float switches
Discharge pump voltage options.
Blank= 120 V
230 = 230 V
Discharge pump options.
Blank= no discharge pump
10 = 10 Spun (0.6 Use) pump 20= 20 Spun (13 Use) pump
30 = 30 gsun (19 Use) pump 50= 50 Spun (3. 2 Use) pump
Cold weather elders.
Blank = standard lid
UCW = ultra-coldweather package
Treatment mode.
M0DE1A = mode 1, gravity, discharge MODEM = mode 3, gravity discharge
MODEIB =mode 1, pump discharge MODE3B = mode 3, pump discharge
UV disinfection unit option (AX20-RT only).
Blank= no UV disinfection unit
UV = AXUV disinfection unit
NSF approval option.
Blank= standard AdvanTex° system
N = NSF certified AdvanTex° system
AXRT series treatment unit
Nominal tr atment area
20 = 20 fla (1.8 d
25 = 25'a (2.3 m)
AdvanTex° Treatment System
AavanTex® Treatment System AX-RTN Models meet the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Components
1. Inlet
2. Recirc/blend chamber
3. Recirc transfer line
4. Recirc pumping system O
5. Manifold and spin nozzles
6. Treatment media
7. Tank baffle
8. Recirc return valve
9. Recirc/filtrate chamber
10. Discharge pumping system (pump discharge only)
11. Outlet
O
O
O
E
r
3 E
r
r
©
O
O €
12. Splice box AavanTex AX-RT side view (A)(20-RT pump discharge model shown)
13. Passive air vent
14. Biotube° effluent filter (in septic tank, not shown)
15. Control panel (not shown)
Specifications
Nominal Dimensions"
Length, in. (mm) 102 (2591)
Width, in. (mm)
62 (1575)
Height, in. (mm)
72 (1829)
Overall unit footprint, ft2 (m2)
44 (4.11)
AovanrexAX-RT top view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
Visible footprint after installation, ft2 (ml)
20 (1.86)
Lid insulation value
R-6 (RSI-1.1)
Dry Weight AX20-RT
AX25-RT
Gravity discharge model, lb (kg) 883 (400)
908 (412)
Pump discharge model, lb (kg) 923 (419)
948 (430)
Not to he sold individually in the state of Georgia.
Nominal values provided. See Advan7exO Treatment System drawings for exact dimensions.
T,
13
NTD-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2 107

108

How To Use This Manual............................................................ Page 2
Before You Begin.................................................................. Page 3
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems .......................................... Page 3
Standard Unit Components And Functions .............................................. Page 4
Installation Overview............................................................... Page 5
Installation Steps
Step 1:
Review or Sketch Site Plan .......................................................
Page 6
Step 2:
Perform Excavation(s)...........................................................
Page 6
Step 3:
Set Septic Tank (If Needed).......................................................
Page 7
Step 4:
Set AX-RT Unit.................................................................Page
8
Step 5:
Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen Of Needed) ............................................
Page 8
Step 6:
Partially Backfill Excavation(s).....................................................
Page 9
Step 7:
Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed) ...............................................
Page 10
Step 8:
Test Tank and Adapter Seams for Watertightness .......................................
Page 10
Step 9:
Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness .............................................
Page 11
Step 10:
Install Effluent Filter............................................................
Page 11
Step 11:
Connect Tank -to -Unit Transport Line(s)..............................................
Page 11
Step 12:
Connect Passive Air Vent .........................................................
Page 12
Step 13:
Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line ..............................................
Page 12
Step 14:
Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring .............................................
Page 12
Step 15:
Perform AX-RT Operational Test ...................................................
Page 13
Step 16:
Complete Backfilling............................................................
Page 15
How To Use This Manual
This manual contains an Installation Overview and a set of Installation Steps.
• Installation Overview —This is a simple overview of the installation steps. Its purpose is to help you quickly see the suggested order
of operations for installing an AX-RT unit. It is intended as a summary only — it does not provide complete instructions.
• Installation Steps —This provides general instructions for each installation step along with references to detailed installation docu-
ments for specific components. Many Orenco products come with installation instructions and all of these instructions are also provided in
hard copy form in our Orenco Installer Binder. Contact your Dealer or Orenco for a copy of the binder, or find individual instructions online
in the Orenco Document Library at www.orenco.com. There are also steps in this manual covering operations performed before and after
the AX-RT unit is installed that are necessary to successfully complete the installation.
You will find IMPORTANT information, Key Points, and Notes in this manual, marked with easy -to -see visuals:
OIMPORTANT —These point out potential hazards to equipment or people during and after the installation.
QKey Points —These are critical for a quality installation and must be completed in order for your installation to be successful.
Notes — These cover useful information and tips that can help make your installation simpler or easier. They may also
provide information on variations in components or methods.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17 109
Page 2

Before You Begin
At Orenco, we work hard to make your installation as easy and "hassle -free" as possible. This manual provides basic information for installing
AdvanTex AX-RTT" treatment units. It is not intended to replace installer training or requirements and instructions detailed in your engineering
plans. If you discover any inconsistencies between your engineering plans and the instructions in this manual, contact your engineer or call
your AdvanTex Dealer. If you are not an Authorized AdvanTex Installer, contact your local AdvanTex Dealer for training and authorization before
installing this system.
The Dealer can provide technical support, training, and replacement components. To find the nearest Dealer, check the Distributor Locator
page at www.orenco.com. If there is no Dealer in your area, call Orenco Systems, Inc. at [phone] or [phone].
Before you begin this installation, read this entire manual and any reference documents you may need to be familiar with to complete the
installation. Also, be sure that the instructions for these products are the most current ones available. Please note that you must perform
the installation according to the current manual or the AdvanTex® Treatment Systems Limited Warranty will he void. You
can make sure your instructions are current by checking our online Document Library at www.orenco.com. You'll save time and money on
installation day, and you'll get fewer call-backs.
AKey Point: Inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipping damage. Check to be sure
instructions and items supplied comply with your state and local regulations. Carefully read and follow all instructions. Improper
installation may void warranties.
OIMPORTANT The backwash discharge from a salt -type water softener MUST NOT be plumbed into an AX-RT Treatment Unit
or the preceding septic tank. Failure to follow this instruction, or any other in this manual, will void the system's warranty.
Contact your AdvanTex Dealer if you have any questions about any household plumbing arrangements that may interfere with
the functioning of the system.
Note: All pipe diameters provided are U. S. nominal PVC pipe sizes. If you are using metric pipe, you may need adapters to
connect to the U.S. fittings supplied with AdvanTex Treatment Systems.
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems
Be sure that any septic tank used in an AX-RT Treatment System meets the following conditions:
• The tank must conform to an approved and authorized tank design for AdvanTex Systems, and it must meet all applicable regula-
tory requirements (no pour -in -place tanks, no homemade tanks, etc.). Call your local Dealer for specifics.
• The tank must be structurally sound.
• The tank must have at least 1000 gal. (3800 L) capacity for an AX20-RT, 1250 gal. (4730 L) for a 5-bedroom AX25-RT, and 1500
gal. (5680 L) for a 6-bedroom AX25-RT at the normal operating level (below the invert of the outlet).
• The tank must have an at -grade access with a watertight, securable and removable lid. If it doesn't, an at -grade access must be
installed onto the septic tank and be made watertight.
• The tank must be watertight and free of leaks.
• An Orenco effluent filter (model FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, or FT0822-14B) must be installed in the septic tank.
QKey Point: For existing septic tanks — the tank's depth of burial must allow for a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm
per meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. If sufficient fall cannot be met, a
grade ring extension must be installed on the AX-RT or a pumping system will need to be installed in the septic tank to move
the filtered effluent to the AX-RT unit. (Contact your Dealer for assistance.)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
110 Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 3

Standard Unit Components And Functions
Standard Components (AX20RT-MODE1 B shown):
O Septic tank inlet tee
© Biotube° effluent filter
© AX-RT inlet and tee
O Treatment tank (recirc/blend chamber)
© Recirc-transfer line
O Recirc-pump system
O Manifold and spin nozzles
O Textile media
O Tank baffle
to T.....1.............. 1. /f; I ..... ..1.....- k-A
m Discharge pumping system
® AX-RT outlet
® Passive air vent
m Splice box
Side view, septic tank Side view, AX-RT unit
iz
Top view, septic tank Top view, AX-RT unit
Raw sewage enters the septic tank through its inlet tee. In the septic tank, the raw sewage separates into a scum layer, a sludge layer,
and a clear zone. Effluent from the clear zone passes through a Biotube° Effluent Filter and is discharged to the recirc/blend chamber
of the AX-RT unit. The effluent flows through the recirc transfer line to the recirc pumping system, which pumps filtered effluent to the
distribution manifold in the top of the unit. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is divided — by means of a tank baffle
— between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chamber inside of the unit.
The recirc pumping system's operation is controlled by a timer in the control panel. It allows the pump to dose the textile media for short
periods (usually 40-60 seconds), typically 72 times a day. These frequent "micro -doses," which optimize the treatment process, occur
throughout the day to maintain the proper biological environment.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, 1107/17 111
Page 4

Installation Overview
Step 1: Review the site plan. If there is no site plan, draw up a plan including locations and distances.
Step 2: Perform the excavations for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 3: If the septic tank has not been set, set it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 4: Set the AX-RT unit.
Step 5: Install antibuoyancy deadmen on the AX-RT unit (if needed).
Step 6: Partially backfill the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 7: If the tank adapters and risers have not been installed on the septic tank, install them according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 8: If no watertightness test has been performed on the tank and the tank -to -riser connections, perform a watertightness test.
n
Key Point: The tank and tank -to -riser connections must pass this test before the AX-RT is connected to the tank.
Step 9: Perform a watertightness test of the AX-RT unit's midseam.
Step 10: If the effluent filter has not been installed in the septic tank, install it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 11: Connect the transport line(s) from the septic tank outlet to the AX-RT unit.
Step 12: Connect the passive air vent to the AX-RT unit.
Step 13: Connect the discharge line to the AX-RT outlet.
Step 14: Install and test the control panel and wiring for the AX-RT unit.
Step 15: Perform an operational test of the AX-RT float switches and pump(s).
Step 16: Complete the backfilling of the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
112 Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 5

P15chargeto
dralnfleld
T
Pa551ve I
5pllce
vent I
boxes
AX-PT unit
W
E 3ft
441
-----J
(minlmum
1/8
dletance)
In.
m
Control
fall
panel
Cleanout
Outlet
�/
rl5er
O5eptic tank
14 ft
This is a sample sketch of an AX-RT unit installed parallel
to the septic tank, with no antibuoyancy measures installed.
Distances and estimated fall from the septic tank's invert of
the outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet are included
�—
t.
J
IW„
1
S
AX-RT units require 18-24 inches (457-610 mm) space on
all four sides when installed in their own excavation.
Installation Steps
Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plans
Check the site plan for the specifics of your installation.
QKey Point If you're installing the AX-RT unit more than 20 ft (6 m)
from the septic tank, contact your Dealer for assistance.
Step 1a: Detailed Site Plan Provided
Make sure that the plan accurately reflects conditions at the site. If it
doesn't, contact the Designer before scheduling the installation.
Step 1b: Plan Of Limited Detail Or No Site Plan Provided
If you are installing the AX-RT unit with a plan of limited detail or with no plan,
contact your local Dealer for assistance and then sketch a site plan that is
consistent with the Designer's specifications:
nKey Points.
• Sketch the exact positions of the system components, pipes, electrical
conduits, etc. Account for current and likely future landscape features
in the sketch. (See Panel Installation, EIN-CP-GEN-1, for recommenda-
tions for installing control panels.)
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The invert of the inlet on the AX-RT is 46 in. (1168 mm) up from the
base of the unit. The outlet is 24 in. (610 mm) down from the top of the
unit for pump dispersal or 41.5 in. (1054 mm) down for gravity dispersal.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level. Standard unit height is 72 inches (1830 mm);
grade rings increase height by 6 or 12 inches (152 or 305 mm).
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 2. Perform Excavation(s)
Step 2a: Before excavating, consider the necessary elevations, offsets, and
grade requirements for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 2b: Perform the excavation(s).
nKey Points.
• Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for excavating the tank area.
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is
required from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert
of the inlet.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17 113
Page 6

Installation Steps
Step 2. Perform Excavation(s), cont.
Step 2c: Make sure the bottom of the excavation is suitable for setting the
AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank: stable, smooth, level, and free of debris,
rocks, and other sharp objects.
nKey Points.
• Follow the manufacturer's instructions for bedding the tank.
• If the bottom of the excavation is uneven or rocky, lay a 4-in. (100-mm)
bed of sand or pea gravel and compact the material to create an even,
smooth surface.
Step 2d: If the bottom of the excavation is unstable, stabilize the bottom of
the excavation before continuing.
• For unstable base soil (peat, quicksand, muck, soft or highly expansive clay,
etc.), you may need to over -excavate the site depth and set a firm, 6-in.
(152-mm) compacted base of <_ %z- to <_ 3/4-in. (13- to 19-mm) aggregate
or pea gravel.
• For extremely unstable soil, you may need to pour a concrete layer to
stabilize the bottom of the excavation.
• If you have doubt about the soil's stability, consult a local civil or struc-
tural engineer.
Step 3: Set Septic Tank (if Needed)
Set the septic tank according to the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use Fiberglass Tank Burial instructions (NIN-TNK-1) to install Orenco's
500-gallon through 2000-gallon (2000-L through 7570-L) Fiberglass Tanks.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the tank.
QKey Points:
• The tank has to be set at the correct depth to connect to the sewage inlet.
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Make sure the excavation is stable, smooth, level, and free
from debris, rocks, and sharp objects.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
114 Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 7

Lower the AX-RT unit into position.
18-24 in.
(460-600 mm)
12 in. (300 mm)
When using Orenco fiberglass deadmen, be sure to place them
on a small lift of soil 12 inches (300 mm) from the bottom of
the AX-RT.
Installation Steps
Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit
Step 4a: Attach proper lifting equipment to the lifting points on the AX-RT unit.
Step 4b: Carefully lift the unit and lower it into the correct position.
Step 4c: Remove the equipment when the unit is set and level in position.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the unit. Use a lifting device that will not damage
the unit or the units lid.
QKey Points:
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed)
Determine if antibuoyancy deadmen are necessary for the installation.
Orenco offers antibuoyancy hardware kits that can be used with Orenco
fiberglass deadmen or concrete deadmen.
• Deadmen are recommended for all installations.
• Deadmen are required if there is a potential for groundwater to be pres-
ent in the excavation at any time, or if surface runoff can fill the excava-
tion at any time, resulting in a "bathtub" effect.
Note: This effect occurs in dense soils when water fills an excavation
during surface water runoff —usually during a heavy rain event —
before the disturbed soil in the excavation has had time to settle.
• If you are unsure whether to install antibuoyancy deadmen or not, con-
sult the system Designer or an engineer.
Step 5a: Installing Orenco Fiberglass Deadmen
Step 5a (i): Build up a 3- to 4-inch (75- to 100-mm) lift of soil on each
side of the unit for the deadmen to rest upon.
Step 5a (ii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy kit hardware. Then lower the unit into the hole.
Step 5a (iii): Place the deadmen at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the
bottom of the unit, and make sure they are level.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17 115
Page 8

Installation Steps
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed), Cont.
Step 5b: Installing Concrete Deadmen
Notes:
• We recommend preparing concrete deadmen off site before installation.
• PVC forms for concrete deadmen can be made from 12-in. dia. x 4-ft
long (300-mm x 1200-mm long) PVC half -pipe or chamber material.
• Wooden forms for concrete deadmen can be built 12-in. wide x 6 in.
tall x 4 ft long (300-mm x 150-mm x 1200-mm).
Step 5b (i): Fill two forms halfway with concrete.
Step 5b (ii): Place two #4 reinforcing bars in each of the forms.
Step 5b (iii): Finish filling the forms.
Step 5b (iv): Sink eyebolts from the antibuoyancy hardware kit into the
concrete for attaching the deadmen later.
Step 5b (v): Let the concrete set completely before moving the deadmen.
Step 5b (vi): Use appropriate lifting gear to set the deadmen in place.
Step 5b (vii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy hardware kit and make sure they are level.
Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s)
Partially backfill around the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions for backfilling around the tank. Follow the steps
below to backfill around the AX-RT unit.
OIMPORTANT Bolt down the AX-RT lid before backfilling! Bolting
down the lid increases rigidity and helps prevent deformation.
Step 6a: Fill the AX-RT with 16 in. (410 mm) of water on both sides of the baffle.
Step 6b: Backfill around the unit with a 16-inch (410-mm) layer of material.
nKey Points:
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/4-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/ inch (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 6c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
Step 6d: Fill the AX-RT with water to just above the midseam flange on both
sides of the baffle.
Step 6e: Add another 16-inch (410-mm) layer of backfill.
Step 6f: Compact the fill to 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) below the midseam flange.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
116 Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 9

See Orenco's PUCAccess Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1)
instructions for installing access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters.
Watertight seams are critical for proper performance.
Installation Steps
Step 7.• Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed)
Step 7a: Install tank adapters if needed. Follow the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use PRTA24 and PRTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-PRTA-2)
instructions for installing Orenco PRTA24 or PRTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use RRFTA and RRFTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-RRFTA-1)
instructions for installing Orenco RRFTA or RRFTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-FRTA-1) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapters.
• Use Tank Adapter Installation for Roth Tanks (NIN-TA-RR-2) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA24-R or PRTA30 Tank Adapters on Roth Fralo tanks.
Step 7b: Install the access risers and any necessary grommets.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions for installing
access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters and grommets in access risers.
nKey Points:
• Mode 3 systems require a 1-in. (25-mm) grommet in the tank's inlet riser.
The grommet must be on the same side of the riser as the AX-RT unit's
return line.
• The seam between the tank and the tank adapter has to be watertight.
• Watertight seams and penetrations are critical for proper performance.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the riser is the correct height — the
recommended riser height is 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) above final grade.
• Before installing the riser, make sure that the riser penetrations are made
at the correct height to make connections.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the penetrations are aligned correctly.
• After installing the riser, make sure all adhesive seams are smooth, con-
tinuous fillets, free of voids.
• After installing the riser, make sure the adhesive is set before continuing.
Step 8: Test Tank and Adapter Seams For Watertightness
Step 8a: Test the tank for watertightness if it has not been tested already.
Note: Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for watertight-
ness testing. Some manufacturers require the tank be fully backfilled
before testing watertightness.
Step 8b: Test the tank -to -riser adapter seams for watertightness.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions to test the
seams between the access riser, tank adapter, and tank for watertightness.
nKey Points:
• Watertight seams are critical for proper system performance — all tank -
to -riser seams must all pass the watertightness test before you continue.
• Follow all applicable regulations and manufacturer's instructions for water-
tightness testing.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17 117
Page 10

Installation Steps
Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness
Step 9a: Make sure the AX-RT unit is filled with water to 1-2 inches (25-
50 mm) above the midseam flange on both sides of the tank baffle.
Step 9b: Wait 15 minutes and then inspect the midseam flange for leaks.
There should be no drop in liquid level and no visible leakage from the seam.
Step 9c: If there is any leakage, contact your Dealer for information on
repairing the AX-RT unit.
Step 10. Install Effluent Filter
Install the effluent filter after the tank has been water tested.
Step 10a: Verify the model of the effluent filter.
• Orenco's FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, and FT0822-14B filters are
the only models allowed for use with the AX-RT Treatment Unit.
Step 10b: Dry test -fit the effluent filter on the septic tank's outlet pipe.
n Key Points:
• Make sure the filter is plumb.
• Make sure the filter is snug to the tank wall with enough clearance for
easy removal of the filter cartridge.
Step 10c: Secure the filter to the outlet pipe with one of the following methods:
• Glue the filter onto the tank outlet pipe with primer and glue, or
• Secure the filter with a stainless steel set screw.
Step 1 Od: If necessary for ease of access, extend the cartridge handle
with a longer length of 3/-inch nominal (20-mm DN) Schedule 40 PVC pipe.
Step 11: Connect Transport Line from Tank to AX—RT
Step 11a: Dry fit the 4-inch (100-mm) transport line and any fittings
between the outlet of the septic tank and the inlet of the AX-RT unit.
QKey Point: Confirm there is a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per ft (10
mm per m or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the
AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Step 11 b: Glue all of the transport line pieces in place.
OIMPORTANT Do not use primer on ABS parts.
Step 11c: For Mode 3 units, glue all of the return line pieces in place.
• Install the 1-in. (25-mm) return line between the return line port and
the 1-in. (25-mm) grommet for the return line on the tank's inlet riser.
• To avoid siphoning, the return line should allow effluent to pour into the
tank from the height of the riser grommet.
Fill AX-RT unit with water to 1-2 inches (25-50-mm) above
the midseam flange on both sides of the baffle.
Effluent filter installed on the septic tank outlet.
1/8 inch minimum fall
Confirm a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per
meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to
the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
118 Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 11

Passive air vent
Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit
Wire control panel.
Installation Steps
Step 12. Connect Passive Air Vent
Use 2-inch (50 mm) PVC pipe to plumb the passive air vent to the 2-inch
(50 mm) vent fitting that protrudes from the outlet side of the AX-RT unit.
nKey Points:
• Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit, preferably near a
wall or other location that will protect it from damage.
• Make sure the vent line is sloped back a minimum of inch per foot
(20 mm per meter) so that it can drain back into the unit.
• Make sure there are no "bellies" in the line that can collect water.
• Make sure the vent's top is a minimum of 3 in. (75 mm) above final grade.
Notes:
• The air vent can easily be hidden by shrubbery or landscaping.
• The air vent can be painted to better blend in with landscaping.
Step 13. Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line
Glue the AX-RT discharge plumbing line to the transport line for final discharge.
Step 14. Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring
n
Key Points:
• This step should be performed by a licensed or qualified electrician.
• Installation instructions, schematics, and wiring diagrams specific to the
panel and float switch configuration are included with each panel. If any of
these is missing, contact your Dealer or Orenco for a replacement.
Step 14a: Install the splice box(es) on the AX-RT using the instructions that
came with it.
Step 14b: Mount the panel using the instructions that came with it.
OIMPORTANT DO NOT mount the control panel on an exterior wall
other than a garage or shop walla The motor contactor makes a sound
while engaging and disengaging that can be disruptive to residents.
nKey Points:
• Follow all applicable regulations for placement of the control panel.
• Mount the panel within sight of the tank in a service -friendly location.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17 119
Page 12

Installation Steps
Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring, Cont.
Step 14c: Route wires and connect the panel, pump, float switches, and other
equipment shown in the instructions and schematics into the control panel.
OIMPORTANT Follow all applicable regulations and electric codes.
QKey Points:
• Use watertight wire connectors to avoid electrical shorts and other issues.
• Be sure to seal the conduit at the control panel and at the splice box
with UL-listed sealing foam, putty, or silicone sealant.
Note: To help identify wiring runs for individual pumps and float
switches, use different -colored wires for each electrical component.
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test
OIMPORTANT Before using a generator to operate a pump, contact
your Dealer or Orenco to make sure it can supply sufficient starting
amperage to the pump.
Step 15a: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzles face upward.
Step 15b: Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
Step 15c: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" for
10-20 seconds to flush any debris out of the manifold.
IMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's recirc/blend chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 15d: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzle faces down and
reinstall the cap on the end of the manifold.
Step 15e: Install the pressure gauge on the manifold.
Step 15f: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" and adjust
the gate valve for a pressure gauge reading of 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa).
Note: If the manifold won't pressurize to 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa),
check for debris, line breaks, or broken valves, and verify that the pump has
sufficient power. Contact your Dealer for additional assistance.
Key Point: Check for complete spray coverage of the textile media and
adjust the pressure as needed for complete coverage.
Step 15g: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "OFF"
Step 15h: Remove the pressure gauge.
Step 15i: Return the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Rotate the manifold so spin nozzles face upward.
Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
............
............................
.............
yy
}
Adjust
Install
gate valve
�.
pressure
gauge
�.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
120 Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 13

Installation Steps
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test, cont,
Step 15j: If the system uses a VCOM­ control panel, use the instructions that
came with it to place the control panel in "Test Mode." If the system uses an
MVP control panel, go on to the next step.
Step 15k: Check the operation of the recirc chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• If the AX-RT unit has a discharge pump, continue to step 151.
• If the AX-RT unit has an MVP panel and gravity discharge, go to step 15o.
• If the AX-RT has a VCOM panel and gravity discharge, take the panel
out of "Test Mode" and go to step 15o.
OIMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's discharge chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 151: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN"
and verify the pump runs.
Step 15m: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Step 15n: Check the operation of the discharge chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• For units with a VCOM control panel, take the control panel out of "Test
Mode."
Step 15o: Make sure the recirc pump and (if equipped) discharge pump's
"AUTO/OFF/MAN" switches are toggled to "AUTO."
Step 15p: Close and bolt down the lid on the AX-RT unit.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17 121
Page 14

Installation Steps
Step 16. Complete Backfilling
nKey Points.
• When backfilling, be careful not to alter the slope of any of the pipes.
Brace the pipes or place the pipes on a compacted bed and carefully
fill around them.
• Before backfilling, make sure the AX-RT unit's lid and all riser lids are
bolted down.
Step 16a: Backfill the septic tank excavation if it has not yet been done.
Follow the tank manufacturer's guidelines for backfilling.
Stepl6b: Backfill and compact around the AX-RT unit in maximum 12-inch
(305-mm) lifts.
n
Key Points.
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/4-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/4-in. (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• For installations in non -cohesive soils* with high seasonal water tables,
use 3/-inch crushed rock as the backfill material.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 16c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
AKey Points.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid should sit 2 inches (50 mm) above final
grade.
• After backfilling, call the system's Service Provider to arrange for the
official System Start-up.
Step 16d: Be sure the AX-RT unit's lid is closed and secured.
Step 16e: Be sure the septic tank's access lids are secured.
'As described in OSHA Standards (29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, Appendix A), noncohesive soils
or granular soils include gravel, sand, or silt with little or no clay content. Granular soil cannot be
molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay,
silty clay, clay, and organic clay. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical
sideslopes, is hard to break up when dry, and when moist, can be rolled into threads without
crumbling. For example, if at least a 2-inch (51-mm) length of 1/8-inch (3-mm) thread can be
held on one end without tearing, the soil is cohesive.
2 in. (50 mm)
above final grade
Maintain minimum 1/8 in.
(10 mm or 1%) slope
Backfill the AX-RT in 12-inch (300 mm) lifts.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
122 Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 15

AdvanTex Treatment System AX-RTN
Models meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI
s �p Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17 123
Orenco Systems®, Inc.

UV Component
124

OrencoO UV Disinfection Unit
Applications
The Orenco° UV Disinfection Unit is designed for use in residential
applications after advanced secondary treatment (10 mg/L cBOD5
and TSS) when disinfection is required before dispersal.
It requires installation inside a pump or gravity discharge basin or in a
separate tank following an advanced secondary treatment system.
3-in. (80-mm)
quick -disconnect cou-
pling (2 pieces)
Inlet
Contact
chamber
Teflon° sleeve
UV lamp
Flow -through
spacer
General
Treated effluent flows by gravity through the contact chamber and
around the UV lamp where it is disinfected in a 360-degree contact
zone. The unit uses no chemicals and has no moving parts. It requires
annual cleaning and lamp replacement.
In side -by -side NSF° testing, the Orenco UV Disinfection Unit reduced
bacteria by 99.999% (5 logs), meeting or exceeding the performance
of other residential UV disinfection units.
The Orenco UV Disinfection Unit comes with a power ballast and a
Orenco° UVIB lamp current sensor, housed in an Orenco control panel to protect the
control panel UV unit's electronic components. The control panel is installed exter-
(shown open) nally, outside of the wet well.
Orenco® UV Disinfection Unit, Cutaway View
Features/Specifications
• UL-recognized for US and Canada
• Bacteria reduced by 99.999% (5 logs)
er cord
I grip
• Flow path designed for maximum contact time between effluent and
lamp
ed lamp
Ile
• Components designed to work together — no piecemeal disinfec-
st
tion assemblies and wiring
• Teflon sleeve to protect lamp and minimize buildup and service
intervals
• Quick -disconnect fitting for easy inspection and unit cleaning
• Power ballast and lamp current sensor housed in a control panel
(not in a wet well) to minimize corrosion and failure due to environ-
mental exposure
Standard Models
UV-125/31-UVIB, UV-1 25/31 -UVIBSUB
Product Code Diagram
UV-125/31-0-❑
Tower cord length:
Blank = 25 ft (7.62 m)
50 = 50 ft (15.2 m)
Control panel options:
UVIB = panel with audible and visible alarms
UVIBSUB = sub -panel for use with separate control panel
Lamp length:
31 = 31 in. (787 mm)
Lamp output at 1 meter:
125 =125 pW/cml
Orenco UV disinfection unit
G%US UL-recognized
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
125
NTD-UMSI-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

u
o Materials of Construction
0
Panel enclosure UV -resistant fiberglass, UL Type 4X rated
Hinges and latches Stainless steel
�1�1
Cord grip Nylon
Contact chamber 3-in. (80-mm) diameter Sch 40 black ABS
®
Inlet tee 3-in. (80-mm) Sch 40 black ABS
UZI
Other fittings BlackABS
°
0 ' k d t DI 1, ABS
ic - isconnec ac
coupling
Orenco UV/B Control Panel 1Y2-in. IPS outlet BlackABS
(Shown Opened)
T __+_
A RW
C
►4B�
Orenco UV Disinfection Unit
(Top View)
M-MOSI-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 2of2
Lamp assembly seal EPDM rubber
Lamp sleeve Teflon°
Specifications
Panel Dimensions, in. (mm)
Height 11.5 (290)
Width 9.5 (240)
Depth 5.4(135)
UV Unit Dimensions, in. (mm)
A 5.63 (143)
B 10.06 (256)
C 1.50 IPS (40 ON)
D 42.25 (1073)
D
E 38.56 (979)
E
F 34.50 (876)
F
Inlet -to -outlet fall 0.50 (13)
UV Unit Performance
Typical contact chamber 276,000 µWs/cm2at 1 gpm (0.06 Usec)
UV dose (65% trans- 55,000 µWs/cm2 at 5 gpm (0.32 Usec)
mittance, 20%lamp 28,000 µWs/cm2at 10 gpm (0.63 Usec)
degradation)
Minimum target dose 30,000-38,000 µWs/cm2
Lamp 31 inches (787 mm), 92 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz,
425 mA, 38 W; 254 nm WC intensity at 1 m
is 125 µW/cm2
Power cord 600V,18/2 UL Type TC
Cord plug UL listed four -pin connector, lampholder,
electric discharge,1000 V or less
Ballast 120V, AC, 50 or 60 Hz, located in UL listed
Orenco° control panel
Audible alarm" 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
Visual alarm" X-in. (22-mm) diameter red lens, 'Push -to -
silence." UL Type 4X rated,1 W LED light,120 V
Orenco UV Disinfection
(Side Cutaway View)
Unit
Circuit breaker 10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 V'.
DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic
tripping characteristics
UI/IB control panels only
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
126

Recirculation and Irrigation Pumps
127

PF Series 60-Hz, 4-inch (100-mm)
Submersible Effluent Pumps
Applications
Our 4-inch (100-mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps are designed to
transport screened effluent (with low TSS counts) from septic tanks or
separate dosing tanks. All our pumps are constructed of lightweight,
corrosion -resistant stainless steel and engineered plastics; all are field -
serviceable and repairable with common tools; 60-Hz PF Series models
are CSA certified to the U.S. and Canadian safety standards for effluent
pumps, meeting UL requirements.
Orenco's Effluent Pumps are used in a variety of applications, includ-
ing pressurized drainfields, packed bed filters, mounds, aerobic units,
effluent irrigation, effluent sewers, wetlands, lagoons, and more. These
pumps are designed to be used with a Biotube° pump vault or after a
secondary treatment system.
Discharge Connection
Bypass Orifice
Franklin
Liquid End
Suction Connection
Franklin
Super Stainless
Motor
Features/Specifications
To specify this pump for your installation, require the following:
• Minimum 24-hour run -dry capability with no deterioration in pump life
or performance*
• Patented 1/8-inch (3-mm) bypass orifice to ensure flow recirculation
for motor cooling and to prevent air bind
• Liquid end repair kits available for better long-term cost of ownership
• TRI-SEALTM floating impeller design on 10, 15, 20, and 30 gpm
(0.6, 1.0, 1.3, and 1.9 Vsec) models; floating stack design on 50 and
75 gpm (3.2 and 4.7 Vsec) models
• Franklin Electric Super Stainless motor, rated for continuous use and
frequent cycling
• Type SCOW 600-V motor cable
*Not applicable for 5-hp (3.73 kM models
Standard Models
See specifications chart, pages 2-3, for a list of standard pumps. For
a complete list of available pumps, call Orenco.
.................................................................................................................................................
Product Code Diagram Recirculation Pump
PF30051 1
Dose PF❑❑❑❑❑'❑PF20 Sump
TG,rd length, ft (m)
Blank = 10 (3) 20 = 20 (6)
30 = 30 (9) 50 = 50 (15)
Check valve:
Blank = no internal check valve
CV = internal check valves
Voltage, nameplate:
1 = 115` 200 = 200
2 = 230 4 = 460
Frequency:
1 = single-phase 60 Hz
3 = three-phase 60 Hz
Horsepower (kW):
03 = iA hp (0.25) 05 = Y2 hp (0.37)
07 = 3/ hp (0.56) 10 = 1 hp (0.75)
15 = 1Y2 hp (1.11) 20 = 2 hp (1.50)
30 = 3 hp (2.24) 50 = 5 hp (3.73)
Nominal flow, gpm (Usec):
10 = 10(0.6) 15 = 15(1.0)
20 = 20 (1.3) 30 = 30(1.9)
50 = 50(3.2) /5 = 75(4.7)
Pump, PF Series
'Y2-hp (0.37kq only
11� Powered by tAvailable for 10 gpm (0.6 Usec), 1/2 hp (0.37 km only
G
® Franklin Electric Note: 20-H cords are available only for single-phase pumps through 1Y2hp
C US
LRB0980
LR2053896
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
128 Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 5

Specifications
a�
us
G 3
Pump Model
4)4)a
I
2 v
cc
d
ExCc
Z>
cc
Q
.M
E
G eC
ea
C.
NZ.
LM
z8
y 'a
G cc
c
J
�-
c�
c `-'
M
PF100511
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF100511 CV
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF100512
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.3
6.3
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF10053200
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.8
3.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF100712 4,1
10 (0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.3
8.3
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.9 (658)
17 (432)
30 (14)
300
PF10073200 4,5
10 (0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
5.1
5.2
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.4 (645)
17 (432)
31 (14)
300
PF101012 5,1
10 (0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
9.6
9.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.9 V09)
18 (457)
33 (15)
100
PF10103200 5,6
10 (0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.5
5.5
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.3 (693)
18 (457)
37 (17)
300
PF102012 5, 6, 7, a
10 (0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
12.1
12.1
18
1 '/4 in. SS
39.5 (1003)
22 (559)
48 (22)
100
PF102032 5, 6, a
10 (0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
230
240
7.5
7.6
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PF10203200 5, 6, a
10 (0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
8.7
8.7
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PF150311
15 (1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
115
120
8.7
8.8
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF150312
15 (1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
230
240
4.4
4.5
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF200511
2'0 (1.3)
0.50 (0.'37o
1
115
120
12.3
1 M
4
1 ! in. GFP
22.3 (566,i
18 (457)
25 (11)
300
PF200512
20 (1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.4
6.5
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.5 (572)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF20053200
20 (1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.8
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF201012 4, 5
20 (1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.5
10.5
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
28.4 V21)
20 (508)
33 (15)
100
PF20103200 4,5
20 (1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.9
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.8 V06)
20 (508)
33 (15)
300
PF201512 4, 5
20 (1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.4
12.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
100
PF20153200 4,5
20 (1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
7.1
7.2
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
30.7 V80)
20 (508)
35 (16)
300
PF300511
30 (1,%
0.50 (0,37)
1
115
M
11.8
11.8
3
1 "'s in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 rH)84
28 Q13)
300
PF300512
30 (1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF30053200
30 (1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.6
3.6
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF300712
30 (1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.8 (630)
21 (533)
29 (13)
300
PF30073200
30 (1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
4.9
4.9
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.6 (625)
21 (533)
30 (14)
300
PF301012 4
30 (1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.4
10.4
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.0 (686)
22 (559)
32 (15)
100
PF30103200 4
30 (1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
26.4 (671)
22 (559)
33 (15)
300
PF301512 4, 5
30 (1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.6
12.6
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
32.8 (833)
24 (610)
40 (18)
100
PF30153200 4,5
30 (1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
6.9
6.9
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.8 V57)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF301534 4, 5
30 (1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
460
480
2.8
2.8
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.5 (685)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF302012 5, 6, 7
30 (1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
11.0
11.0
10
1 '/4 in. SS
35.5 (902)
26 (660)
44 (20)
100
PF30203200 5,6
30 (1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
9.3
9.3
10
1 '/4 in. SS
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
300
PF303012 5, 6, 7, 8
30 (1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
1
230
240
16.8
16.8
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.5 (1130)
33 (838)
54 (24)
100
PF303032 5, 6, a
30 (1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
3
230
240
10.0
10.1
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.3 (1125)
27 (686)
52 (24)
300
PF305012 5, 6, 7, 8
30 (1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
1
230
240
25.6
25.8
23
1 '/4 in. SS
66.5 (1689)
53 (1346)
82 (37)
100
PF305032 5, 6, a
30 (1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
230
240
16.6
16.6
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF30503200 5, 6, 8
30 (1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
200
208
18.7
18.7
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF500511
50 (3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.1
12.1
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500512
50 (3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500532
50 (3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
230
240
3.0
3.0
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF50053200
50 (3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.7
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500534
50 (3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
460
480
1.5
1.5
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500712
50 (3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF500732
50 (3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
3
230
240
3.9
3.9
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
32 (15)
300
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 5
Orenco Systems® Inc.
, 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
129

Specifications, cont.
�-
a
N Z.
v
cc
a $� a� a AM ea y
z 8
y 'a
e
c�
`-'
'�
$1
cc E ccC.
G 3 2 v d Z> Q G eC M
G cc
c
Jcc
c
._
OC
Pump Model
PF50073200 50(3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 3
2 in. SS
23.1 (587)
26 (660)
32 (15)
300
PF500734 50(3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 460 480 1.8 1.8 3
2 in. SS
34.8 (884)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF501012 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.1 10.1 4
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
26 (660)
35 (16)
100
PF50103200 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.7 5.7 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF501034 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 460 480 2.2 2.2 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF5015124 50(3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.5 12.6 5
2 in. SS
32.5 (826)
30 (762)
41 (19)
100
PF501532004 50(3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.0 7.0 5
2 in. SS
29.3 (744)
26 (660)
35 (16)
300
PF503012 4, 57 8 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 17.7 17.7 8
2 in. SS
43.0 (1092)
37 (940)
55 (25)
100
PF50303200 4, 5, 8 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 200 208 13.1 13.1 8
2 in. SS
43.4 (1102)
30 (762)
55 (25)
300
PF503034 4, 1,1 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 460 480 5.3 5.3 8
2 in. SS
40.0 (1016)
31 (787)
55 (25)
300
PF505012 as,'a 50(3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 26.2 26.4 13
2 in. SS
65.4 (1661)
55 (1397)
64 (29)
300
PF505032 as,'a 50(3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.5 16.5 13
2 in. SS
59.3 (1506)
49 (1245)
64 (29)
300
PF751012 75(4.7) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.9 10.0 3
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
27 (686)
34 (15)
100
PF751512 75(4.7) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.1 12.3 4
2 in. SS
33.4 (848)
30 (762)
44 (20)
100
1 GFP = glass -filled polypropylene; SS = stainless steel. The 1 '4-in. NPT GFP discharge is 2 718 in. octagonal across flats,
the 1 '4-in. NPT SS discharge is 2 118
in. octagonal across flats, and the 2-in.
NPT SS discharge is 2 718 in. hexagonal across flats. Discharge is female NPT threaded, U.S, nominal size, to accommodate Orenco® discharge hose and valve assemblies. Consult
your Orenco Distributor
about fittings to connect hose and valve assemblies to metric -sized piping.
2 Minimum liquid level is for single pumps when installed in an Orenco BiotuboO Pump Vault or Universal Flow Inducer. In other applications,
minimum liquid level should be top of pump.
Consult Orenco for
more information.
3 Weight includes carton and 10-ft (3-m) cord.
4 High pressure discharge assembly required.
5 Do not use cam -lock option (0) on discharge assembly.
6 Custom discharge assembly required for these pumps. Contact Orenco.
7 Capacitor pack (sold separately or installed in a custom control panel) required for this pump. Contact Orenco.
8 Torque locks are available for all pumps, and are supplied with 3-hp and 5-hp pumps.
Materials of Construction
Discharge Glass -filled polypropylene or stainless steel
Discharge bearing Engineered thermoplastic (PEEK)
Diffusers Glass -filled PPO (Noryl GFN3)
Impellers Celcon° acetal copolymer on 10-, 20, and 30-gpm models; 50-gpm impellers are Noryl GFN3
Intake screen Polypropylene
Suction connection Stainless steel
Drive shaft 7/16 inch hexagonal stainless steel, 300 series
Coupling Sintered stainless steel, 300 series
Shell Stainless steel, 300 series
Motor Franklin motor exterior constructed of stainless steel. Motor filled with deionized water and propylene glycol for constant lubrication.
Hermetically
sealed motor housing ensures moisture -free windings. All thrust absorbed by
Kingsbury -type thrust bearing. Rated for continuous
duty. Single-
phase motors and 200 and 230 V 3-phase motors equipped with surge arrestors
for added
security. Single-phase
motors through 1.5 hp
(1.11 k" have built-in thermal overload protection, which trips at 203-221 ° F (95-105' C).
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
130 Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 3 of 5

Using a Pump Curve
A pump curve helps you determine the best pump for your system. Pump curves show the relationship between flow and pressure (total dynamic
head, or TDH), providing a graphical representation of a pump's optimal performance range. Pumps perform best at their nominal flow rate. These
graphs show optimal pump operation ranges with a solid line and show flow rates outside of these ranges with a dashed line. For the most accurate
pump specification, use Orenco's PumpSelect- software.
Pump Curves
800
700
w
as
600
500
a
400
c�
300
a 200
w
100
400
350
w
as
300
250
a
200
c�
150
a 100
w
50
PF10 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 2.0 hp
PF1005-FC
w/'/a" flow
controller
T-
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
0L
0
PF20 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 -1.5 hp
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
160
140
w
m
120
C.
100
a
80
c�
60
a 40
w
20
PF15 Series, 60 Hz, 0.3 hp
01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
900
w
800
m
700
600
500
c� 400
300
a
w 200
100
0
PF30 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
NTD-PU-PF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 4of5 131

Pump Curves, cont.
45(
400
w
as
350
300
C.
a 250
c4
as
200
150
a�
w 100
50
0L
0
PF50 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
100
90
w
m
80
70
OO
60
a
cE
= 50
c�
eL 40
cE
c
30
c 20
10
0L
0
PF75 Series, 60 Hz,1.0 -1.5 hp
I 2U 3U 4U 5U 6U /U 8U W 1UU
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
132 Rev. 5.0, 0 03/17
Page 5 of 5

Universal Flow Inducer
Applications General
Orenco's Universal Flow Inducer houses any Orenco high -head efflu-
To specify this product, require the following:
ent pump in applications where filtration is not necessary. The base
. Class 125 4-in. (nominal) PVC pipe body
rests on the bottom of the tank, and the mounting flange is epoxied
to a PVC riser. The flow inducer can be lengthened or shortened to fit
• Injection -molded ABS mounting flange
any tank. The tee, which holds the mounting flange and float assembly
• Injection -molded holster for float tree
bracket, slides to any position along the flow inducer. A float assembly
. Ability to accommodate flows as great as 65 gpm (4.1 Vsec)
(ordered separately) snaps into the bracket. Applications include:
• Pump tanks
Standard Model
• Disinfection systems
• Effluent reuse systems
UFI-4
• Cisterns
Mounting flange
(fits 3-in. pipe)
4-in. flow induc
Materials of Construction
Flow inducer
Class 125 PVC
Mounting flange
Injection -molded ABS
Base
Fiberglass -reinforced polyester
Specifications
Sliding tee
Dimensions
Float assembly
Flow inducer diameter
4" nominal
bracket
Height
72" (1828 mm)
(can be lengthened or shortened)
Shipping weight
13 lb (5.9 kg)
Float assembly (ordered
separately)
Mounting
bracket epoxied
Discharge assembly
to PVC riser
Float assembly
1 3/8-in. (35-mm)
High -head
inlet holes
pump
Fiberglass base ', ""
Typical installation in concrete pump tank. Use screws to secure mounting bracket to riser while
epoxy cures.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UFI-1
133 Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 1

Control Panel and Rain Sensor
134

RAIN SENSOR
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
COVER CONDUIT
MINIMUM 18"
TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
N.T.S.
4X6 TREATED POST
MOUNT PANEL
CONTROL DIRECTLY TO POSTS
PANEL OR TO ALUMINUM PLATE
0000 (GRIND OFF PROTRUDING
O SCREWS)
1111
=0103M
M�1��__�
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
GRAVEL
TO HEADWORKS
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM
135

VeriCornrnO AX20B Control Panels
Applications
VeriComm° AX20B remote telemetry control panels are used in
AdvanTex° AX20 Treatment Systems with two pumps for timed recir-
culation and pump discharge. Coupled with the web -based VeriComm
Monitoring System, these affordable control panels give the ability to
remotely monitor and control treatment system operation, with real-
time efficiency to wastewater system operators and maintenance
organizations, while remaining invisible to the homeowner. AX20B
panels allow remote operators to change system parameters, includ-
ing timer settings, from the web interface. Interlocked controls prevent
recirculation pump operation if there is a high-level alarm on the dis-
charge side.
Standard Models: VCOMAX20B1, VCOMAX2OB2
Features, cont.
Advanced Control Logic
• Activates system diagnostics in the event of a float failure or malfunc-
tion and maintains normal system operation until servicing can occur
Communication and Alarm Management
• Provides remote telemetry and a web -based monitoring applica-
tion for communication and alarm management (see VeriComm
Monitoring System, NTD-CP-VCOM-1)
• Updates point values (including timer settings) and queued changes
during each host communication session
• Contacts with host monthly; more frequently during alarm conditions
Multiple Communication Methods
• Call -In to VeriComm° Host (phone line or optional high speed internet)
— Signals critical fault conditions that require immediate attention
(e.g., pump failure) through automatic alarm notifications
— Signals less -critical fault conditions (e.g., stuck float switch) through
automatic alert notifications and triggers the panel's troubleshooting
logic and alternative operating mode
— Sends updates through automatic update notifications, including
alarm updates or all -clear notifications following alarms/alerts, as
well as normally scheduled monthly panel reports
—Allows manual, forced communication from panel to host for updat-
ing point values and receipt of queued changes
• Real -Time, Manual Direct Panel Connection
—Allows a local operator real-time access to detailed logged data
and the ability to change point values through direct connection via
RS-232 serial port from a laptop or Android° device with optional
Bluetooth° kit
LeriComm AX20B1 SA UV IB PT RG —Allows a local operator to initiate an auto -answer mode in real-time
Features Upgrade Kit is required if Internet line is used) to access detailed logged data and the ability to change point val-
ues via direct, forced communication at the site
Three Operating Modes
• "Start -Up Mode" collects trend data and establishes operating stan-
dards during the first 30 days of operation
• "Normal Mode" manages day-to-day functions
• "Test Mode" suspends data collection and alarm reporting during
installation and service
Data Collection and Utilization
• Compiles data logs of system conditions and events such as pump
run times, pump cycles, and alarm conditions
Troubleshooting and Diagnostic Logic
• Reports suspected component failures, which then trigger alarms
Open -architecture software with password security is used during
real-time, manual connections. Orenco offers BT-VCOM software as an
option, but VeriComm panels require no proprietary software.VT100
protocol allows access and control from a Mac or PC computer using a
simple communication program (e.g., Windows° HyperTerminal), with
multilevel password protection ensuring that only qualified personnel can
access the panel's data.
Status Light Indicators
— Flashing green LED for normal operation
—Yellow LEDs for status of digital inputs
— Red LEDs for status of digital outputs and modem activity
UL-recognized and FCC -approved
For more information, try our online demo at www.vericomm.not (no password required).
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-CP-VCOM-3
136 Rev. 2.0, ® 06/18
Page 1 of 2

Standard Components
Feature
Specifications
1. VeriComm° Remote
Telemetry Unit'
ATRTU-100: 36/18 VAC (center tap transformer); 8 digital inputs, 4 analog inputs, 4 digital outputs, 0 analog outputs,
on -board modem (2400 baud); LED input and output indicators; 1-year battery backup of data and program settings
2. Motor -Start Contactors
120 V, 16 FLA, 1 hp (0.75 kW), 60 hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (5 million at 50% of FLA)
240 V, 16 FLA, 3 hp (2.24 kW), 60 hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (5 million at 50% of FLA)
3. Toggle Switch
Single -pole, single -throw, momentary manual switch; 20 A, 3/4 hp (0.75 kW)
4. Controls Circuit Breaker
10 A, OFF/ON switch; single -pole 120 V; DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics (240 V units are
available for international markets)
5. Pump Circuit Breaker
20 A, OFF/ON switch; single -pole 120 V or double -pole 240 V; DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics
6. Fuse
250 VAC, 1 A
7. Transformer
120 VAC primary, 36 VCT @ 0.85 A secondary
8. Audible Alarm
95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
9. Visual Alarm
7/8-in. (22-mm) diameter red lens; "Push -to -silence;" ILL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V
10. Panel Enclosure
Measures 13.51 in. high x 11.29 in. wide x 5.58 in. deep (343 x 287 x 135 mm). ILL Type 4X rated. Constructed of
UV -resistant fiberglass; hinges and latch are stainless steel.
See VeriComrO Monitoring System (NTD-CP-VC0M-1) for details.
Optional Components
Feature
Specification(s) Product Code Adder
Pump Run Lights
7/8-in. (22-mm) diameter green lens. ILL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V PRL
Heater
Anti -condensation heater; self-adjusting: radiates additional wattage as temperature drops HT
Programmable Timer
Discharge pump timed dosing PT
UV Disinfection Compatibility
UV grounded power circuit and alarm contacts; pump disable upon UV failure UV
Additional options available on a custom basis. Contact Orenco Controls for more information
NTD-CP-VCOM-3 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 06/18
Page 2 of 2 137

Float Switch Assemblies
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
Model MF
Installation Instructions
ti
Ca
Oreeco Systems
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
The float switch assembly is typically mounted in the screened pump vault or effluent screen inside of a septic or dosing tank.
The assembly is detachable without removal of the screened pump vault or effluent screen. A typical float switch assembly is
shown below.
Each float cable is provided with a color marker. This marker indicates the
function of the float. Make sure that your float cable color markers corre-
spond with the wiring diagram provided. If the wiring diagram does not
match your float cable marker colors, contact Orenco Systems® Inc. or
your local dealer for assistance.
To check for proper float switch operation, move each switch up and down
and check for interference. Remove the assembly from its holding bracket
by snapping it out of the holding bracket.
}
Float function
I
color marker
Float stem
Adjustable float
collar
@'
Stainless steel
set screw
Float
© 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc. NIN-MF-MF-1
138 Rev. 2.0, ©11/04
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
E
If any float interferes with another, the float may be adjusted by loosening
the stainless steel set screw provided in the float collar. Using a phillips
screwdriver, slowly back the screw out of the collar to a point at which the
collar may be adjusted. Be careful not to back the screw completely out of
the collar. Carefully rotate the collar on the stem until the float switches can
move freely past one another. Tighten the stainless steel set screw and
recheck.
Warning: Be careful not to alter the the tether lengths of any of the floats.
Alteration of the tether length may affect proper operation of the float
switch assembly.
Check the float settings with the project plans and specifications. If the set-
tings need to be adjusted, loosen the set screw as described in step 3.
Adjust the float switches to the desired level and tighten the set screw.
Make sure float level settings do not violate any state or local regulations.
Note: The float stem provided is the maximum length possible without
interfering with the pump minimum liquid level or screened pump vault
intake ports. Never lengthen the float stem without prior approval from
Orenco. Lengthening of the float stem will void the warranty.
Replace the float switch assembly in the holding bracket. Make sure the
assembly snaps fully into the bracket.
To allow for easy removal of a float switch assembly, a 1" diameter handle
may be added to the top of the float switch assembly. Measure the distance
from the top of the float switch assembly up to about one foot from grade
level. Cut a 1" diameter PVC pipe to the measured length and glue it into the
handle.
NIN-1VIF-1VIF-1 © 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc.
Rev. 2.0, ©11/04 139
Page 2 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
When used with an Orenco electrical splice box:
Push the level control wires through the watertight cord grips into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cable coiled
inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the pump and float switch
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the
float cables, and do not try to thread the markers and tag through the
cord grip. Tighten the cord grips by hand, not by tool, then test the tight-
ness of the cord grips by tugging on each cable. A cable is secure when
the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. Adequate lengths of
cable should be left within the splice box to allow easy removal for future
disconnecting and resplicing.
Note: See the splice box instructions (EIN-SB-SB-1) and
corresponding splice box diagram for connection instructions.
C
© 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc. NIN-MF-MF-1
140 Rev. 2.0, ©11/04
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions
Ca
Orence Systems'
h—parated
1-800-348-9843
During the annual inspection, follow the testing procedures provided to ensure that the system is operating properly. If a float is
found to be faulty, either during the annual inspection or during troubleshooting after an alarm condition, see the section below
titled Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats.
Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats
Important Before doing any work either on the wiring to the level control floats and pump in the vault or in the pump control
panel, switch the circuit breakers in the panel to their "OFF" positions, then switch off the power to the system at the service
entrance panel.
1. Remove the float assembly from the vault.
2. Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the stainless steel screws from the splice box lid, being careful not to drop the screws
into the tank. If the splice box was submerged, or if there is a crack in the conduit, there may be water in the splice box. If
this is the case, remove water from the splice box with a syringe, sponge, or other appropriate method. Loosen the cord grip
at the splice box and verify the appropriate splice for the float. Unscrew the wire nuts and remove the float.
3. Remove the inoperative float and replace it with a new one. Push the float cable through the watertight cord grip into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cord coiled inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the float
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the float cords, and do not try to thread the markers and
tag through the cord grip. Tighten the cord grip by hand, not by tool, then test the tightness of the cord grip by tugging on the
cord. A cord is secure when the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. An adequate length of cord should be left
within the splice box to allow for easy removal for future disconnecting and resplicing.
4. Refer to document EIN-SB-SB-1 for instructions to splice the float wire to the wire from the control panel. Attach the float
wires using the waterproof wire nuts. It is necessary to replace this wire nut with a new watertight wire nut. Always use
watertight wire nuts or heat shrink splice kits for all connections!
5. Replace the float and collar and return the assembly to the pump vault.
6. Reconnect power and test the unit.
NIN-MF-MF-1 © 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc.
Rev. 2.0, ©11/04 141
Page 4 of 4

Float Switch Assemblies
Applications
Float switches are used to signal liquid level positions for alarm and
pump control applications. Orenco float switch assemblies can be
mounted in pump vaults, effluent screens, pump basins, and risers.
On------
X
0
Set poin
0
Y
T
Off --------
Float stem
The 'On "and "Off' positions describe normally open floats.
For normally closed floats, the functions are reversed.
Materials of Construction
Float housing Impact -resistant, noncorrosive PVC plastic for use in liquids
up to 1400 F (600 C)
Float cord, Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOOW; Super Vu-Tron°
P and N models Supreme, yellow
Float cord, Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOW; water-resistant
All other models (CPE); neoprene coating
Float collar ABS
General
All models listed are UL listed and CSA certified for use in water or sew-
age. Non -mercury float switches (models B, C, N, and P) are used where
components containing mercury are prohibited.
Float switches are typically ordered in assemblies that include one or
more switches mounted on a 1-inch PVC float stem. ABS float collars
are used to provide secure mounting that is easily adjustable.
Normally -open "P" float switches have a blue cap for easy identifica-
tion; normally -closed "N" float switches have a red cap. " P" and "N"
model float switches use Super Vu-Tron° electrical cords for superior
chemical and water resistance.
Float Models
........................................
Standard Models Pump Tank: P (x3)
B, C, G, N, P
MF
_❑-❑❑-❑
Tend length option:
Blank = 10 ft (3 m), standard
20 = 20 tt (6 m)
30 = 30 tt (9 m)
50 = 50 tt (15 m)
Application:
FS = field set
FTL = elbow -style (base -inlet filters only)
PB = pump basin
V = pump vault (standard float settings)
STEP = Standard float settings for STEP
STEPRO = Standard float settings for STEP with redundant off
SVCOM = Standard float settings for VCOM simplex
Float stem length:
Blank = no float stem (floats and collars only)
19, 21, 27, 33, 37, 39, 45, 51, 57, 66 = stem length, in.
5, 11 = stem length, in. (for elbow -style float brackets)
Float switch models Qisted in order from the top of the float stem down):
B,C,G,N,P
Number of float switches (when using multiples of the same float switch model):
Blank = no multiples of the same float switch model
Float switch assembly
Product Code Diagram
When ordering float switch assemblies, remember to list float switches
from the top of the float stem down. An "MFPBN-" nomenclature indi-
cates one R' switch at the top of the stem, one "B" in the middle of
the stem, and one "N" switch at the bottom of the stem; an "MF2PN-"
indicates R' switches at the top and middle of the stem, and one "N"
switch at the bottom of the stem.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
IEN
NTD-MF-MF-1
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Signal- and Motor -Rated Float Switch Matrix
Signal -rated mechanical floats^ (for control switch applications)
P Modela
Normally open
Mechanical
Yes
n/a
n/a
n/a
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
0.50 in.
2.00 in.
N Modela
Normally closed
Mechanical
Yes
n/a
n/a
n/a
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
0.50 in.
2.00 in.
Motor -rated floats' (for pump switch applications)
B Model
Normally open
Mechanical
No
120V
13A
1/2 hp
2.00 in.°
2.50 in.
1.50 in.
4.00 in.
240V
13A
1 hp
3.00 in.
3.00 in.
1.50 in.
4.50 in.
4.00 in.
3.25 in.
1.50 in.
4.75 in.
C Model
Normally open
Mechanical
No
120V
13A
1/2 hp
2.00 in.
3.00 in.
2.50 in.
5.50 in.
240V
15A
2 hp
3.00 in.°
3.50 in.
3.00 in.
6.50 in.
4.00 in.
4.00 in.
3.50 in.
7.50 in.
5.00 in.
4.50 in.
4.00 in.
8.50 in.
6.00 in.
5.25 in.
4.25 in.
9.50 in.
G Model
Normally open
Mercury
Yes
120V
15A
3/4 hp
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
3.00 in.
4.50 in.
240V
15A
2 hp
3.00 in.°
1.75 in.
3.00 in.
4.75 in.
4.00 in.
2.00 in.
3.50 in.
5.50 in.
a. Suitable for use with VCOM and MVP.
b. Standard tether length
Notes
State: normally open or normally closed
The default state of a float normally open or normally closed refers to the contact
positions in the float when the float is resting (down). Float switches have an internal contact.
The terms "normally open" (N/0) and "normally closed" (N/C) refer to the state of the float
switch contact in the down position. A normally open float switch has an open contact (off) in
the down position and a normally closed float switch has a closed contact (on) in the down
position. Different panel functions require different types of float switches. Most applications
require float switches that are normally open. One notable exception is the redundant off and
low-level alarm function that requires a normally closed float switch, except with MVP and
VCOM panels.
2IR (intrinsically safe relay)
Approved for use with intrinsically safe, Class 1, Division 1 applications, where reliable float
switch operation with very low current is required.
Drawdown
Drawdown (in inches) refers to the difference in liquid level between a float switch's activation
and deactivation points. Drawdown can be altered by adjusting the tether length of the float
switch cord. When selecting float switches, keep in mind thatany float switch that can directly
start and stop a pump (one that has no motor contactor in the control panel) should have a
drawdown capability, to avoid rapid cycling of the pump.
Signal -rated or motor -rated
Every float has a maximum amount of current it can handle. Exceeding these limits may cause
premature failure. Signal -rated or "control" floats are used to activate pump control panels
and alarms. Only low amperage signals pass through these float switches, hence the float
switch is "signal -rated. "All Orenco panels that use motor contactors can use signal -rated float
switches. In some systems, a float switch is used to directly start and stop a pump. In this
application, the current that is running the pump passes through the float switch as well, and
the float switch most be "motor -rated. "In most instances, a motor rated float switch can be
used as a signal float switch.
NTD-MF-MF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2 143

M II II'° a IL ( 1 IL..II ( I Ilf'' 1111 V
Huntero
The Irrigation Innovators
here's nothing more embarrassing —or more
wasteful or costly —than an irrigation system
that runs when it doesn't have to... in the rain.
Mini-Clik° provides the simplest, most effective way
to prevent sprinklers from coming on during or after
precipitation. It easily installs on any automatic irrigation
system, then shuts sprinklers off in a storm and keeps
them off, automatically compensating for the amount
of rainfall that occurred. Disks absorb water and expand
proportionally to the amount of rain that fell (e.g., a
small cloudburst would result in little absorption, a
6" thunderstorm would lead to more absorption and
expansion). As the moisture -laden disks expand, they
eventually activate a switch that interrupts the circuit from
the controller to the valves. Once dry, they contract and
release the switch. Thus, Mini-Clik o v F
automatically resets without ever R 'f•
affecting your controller. There's no WATER
better way to ensure that a system
isn't watering when it isn't necessary.
Easily installs on any automatic
irrigation system
Versatile enough to work with all
popular controllers
Patented mechanism cannot be fouled
by dirt or debris
Reliable operation, no false shutdowns
Adjusts to actuate at various
rainfall quantities
Set from A" to 1" based upon your
local conditions
Includes 25 feet of 20 gauge two
conductor wire
Fast and easy mounting out of sight
5-year warranty
Your guarantee of dependable operation
144

Models
MINI-CLIK—standard Mini-Clik model
MINI-CLIK-HV —code approved for liquid tight electrical
fittings for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications
MINI-CLIK-C —1/2" female threaded inlet at bottom
MINI-CLIK-NO — normally open switch
MINI-CLIK-C-NO —1/2" female threaded inlet at bottom,
normally open switch
Dimensions
Height:5 inches
Length: MINI-CLIK: 6 inches
MINI-CLIK-HV:71/2 inches
Operating Specifications
Switch Rating:5 amps, at 125/250VAC (MINI-CLIK
and MINI-CLIK-C)
Wiring: MINI-CLIK and MINI-CLI K-C: Typically
interrupts the common ground wire between the
solenoid valves and the controller
MINI-CLIK-HV: For usewith high voltage irrigation
systems, and systems using pumps drawing less
than 10 amps peak
MINI-CLIK-NO: for use with controllers that require
a normally open sensor switch
Included: 25 ft. of #20 two conductor wire, two
mounting screws, controller identification label,
and detailed instructions
Bypass Switch Box: Give Any Automatic Controller's Remote
Sensors the Capability to Bypass
It's the easy way to put a system in the manual
mode as would be needed during servicing and
troubleshooting operations. Featuring a compact
heavy-duty switch mechanism, the Bypass Switch
Boxmounts quicklyand easilywith its no -strip
wire connectors and supplied adhesive tape.
EXAMPLE: MINI-CLIK - HHV
MODEL OPTIONS
MINI-CLIK HV = High Voltage Model for 110/220VAC Applications
C = Conduit Mount
NO = Normally Open Switch
Note: For Mini-Clik' in Sensor Guard enclosure, specify SG -MC.
To add Bypass Switch Box to any non -Hunter controller
installation, specify BPSW with sensor. Bypass switch function
is standard in all Hunter controllers.
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • TEL: [phone] - FAX: [phone] o 2006 Hurter Industries Incorporated
www.Hunterindustries.com P/N 700592 LIT-277 3/06
145

Hinter®
on the controller,
disconnect it. Attach one
wire of the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal
(usually marked "C") on
the controller. Attach the
other wire of the Mini-Clik
to the common wire
leading to the valves.
Note: The common wire
to the valves does not
have to be interrupted
at the controller. The
Mini-Clik may be wired
anywhere along the
common wire line.
B. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves
with Booster Pump (See
Figure 4)
Locate the common wire
to the solenoid valves and
the common wire leading
to the coil of the relay that
starts the pump. If these
two wires are connected
to the "common" terminal
on the controller,
disconnect both of them.
Twist together these two
wires along with one wire
from the Mini-Clik, and
secure with a wire nut.
Attach the other wire of
the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal on the
controller. Note: The pump
circuit output must be 24
Volts in this situation. Do
not proceed if 110V.
C. Special Instructions for
Mini-Clik-HV (See Figures
5 and 6)
The two taped and
stripped wires are the
ones to be used when
following these accompa-
nying diagrams. The third
wire should be terminated
with a wire nut (not sup-
plied). All wire connec-
tions with the Mini-Clik
should be made with wire
nuts and located in a
junction box.
Where the timer is
controlling a pump, the
relay may be inside the
timer, external or non-
existent. ff there is no
relay in the circuit, one
must be added. The
wiring for an internal or
external relay is the same:
the Mini-Clik breaks the
circuit to the coil of the
relay only. Either wire of
the coil may be broken.
Operation Check to Verify
Correct Wiring
Turn on one zone of the
irrigation system that is
visible while you are in reach
of the Mini-Clik. Manually
Mini-Clik Controller
C 1 2 3 4
0 S
0
0
Third Normally -
Open Lead
Solenoid
Common Wire to Valves
All Valves
Figure 3
Controller Mini-Clik
Pump
or MV C 1 2 3 4
�00(D
0
Line -In o
Terminate
Normally -
Open Relay
Solenoid
Common Valves
Wire to All
Valves
Line -Out (to Pump)
Figure 4
Mini-Clik-H V
Controller
110V
110V Switched
opuInput
Terminate
110V
Solenoid
Valves
Figure 5
Mini-Clik-HV
Controller
Switched
Input Output Line -In
Normally -
Open Relay
Terminate
Coil
Figure 6 220V to Pump
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
depress the spindle at the top of the Mini-Clik until you hear the switch "click"
off. The sprinkler zone should stop instantaneously. If it does not, check wiring
for correctness. It is not necessary to "wet" test the Mini-Clik, although it will test
the operation fine, if desired.
Figure 7
1 /8 1 /4
1/2 3/4
1
Vent Ring Vent
The Mini-Clik can keep the irrigation system from
starting or continuing after rainfall quantities of 1/8",
1/4'', 1/2", 1/4" or 1 ". To adjust it to the desired shut-
off quantity, rotate the cap on the switch housing
so that the pins are located in the proper slots (see
Figure 7). Do not forcibly twist the cap as this might
break the pins.
The time that it takes the Mini-Clik to reset for
normal sprinkler operation after the rain has
stopped is determined by weather conditions (wind,
sunlight, humidity, etc.) These conditions will
determine how fast the hygroscopic discs dry out,
and since the turf is also experiencing the same
conditions, their respective drying rates will roughly parallel each other. So when
the turf needs more water, the Mini-Clik is already reset to allow the sprinkler
system to go at the next scheduled cycle.
There is an adjustment capability on the Mini-Clik that will slow down the reset
rate. By turning the "vent ring" (see Figure 7) to completely or partially cover the
ventilation holes, the hygroscopic discs will dry more slowly. This adjustment can
compensate for an "overly sunny' installation location, or peculiar soil conditions.
Experience will best determine the ideal vent setting.
The Hunter ICC and SRC controllers are equipped with a built-in bypass that
allows you to override an active sensor. For controllers not equipped with this
feature, should you desire to bypass the operation of the Mini-Clik for any reason
(i.e., turn on your system even though the Mini-Clik has shut "off" due to rainfall),
there are two simple ways to do this. The first is to add our Bypass Switch Box.
This mounts on or next to the controller, and by simply moving the switch, the
Mini-Clik is bypassed. The second method is to go to the Mini-Clik and raise the
"cap" a couple of settings higher or completely remove it. This takes the pressure
off the switch button, which allows the valve circuit to close again.
Note: Using the "manual"switch on non -Hunter controllers typically will not
bypass the sensor.
There is no required maintenance for the unit. The Mini-Clik does not have to be
removed or covered for "winterizing" purposes.
Troubleshooting
Follow these simple checks first before assuming the unit is bad and replacing it.
System will not come on at all:
A. First, check to see that the Mini-Clik discs are dry and the switch "clicks" on
and off freely by pressing the top of the spindle.
B. Next, look for breaks in the wire leading to the Mini-Clik and check all wire
junctions.
C. Finally, if the Mini-Clik is dry and the wire leading to it is good, check the Mini-
Clik switch by nicking the insulation of the two "outer" wires near the unit to
expose copper. Turn one sprinkler zone on, and apply a "jumper wire" across
the two exposed wires. If the sprinkler now comes on, the switch is bad. Wrap
all nicked wires with electrical tape.
System will not shut off even after heavy rainfall:
A. Check wiring for correctness (see "Operation Check to Verify Correct Wiring").
B. Check sensitivity setting on Mini-Clik — move cap to more sensitive setting.
The Mini-Clik is an accurate rain gauge and can be verified by setting up a
"tube" type rain gauge in the same vicinity and making periodic readings.
C. Is the rainfall actually hitting the Mini-Clik? Check for obstructions to rainfall
such as overhangs, trees or walls.
All Mini-Clik models are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Samples of these devices have
been evaluated by ILL and meet the applicable ILL standards for safety.

Hinter®
In most installations, the Mini-Clik acts as a switch to break the circuit to the
solenoid valves of the irrigation system when it has rained. This allows the timer
to advance as scheduled, but keeps the valves from opening the water flow.
Once the Mini-Clik has dried sufficiently, the switch closes again to allow for
normal operation.
The Mini-Clik has three blue wires coming out of it. Two are connected to a 25
foot extension, and the third center one is left disconnected. This center blue
wire is the "normally open" lead of the switch and is not used in most installations.
The remaining two extension wires are colored (one "silver" tinned, the other
natural copper); however, in the following instructions it will not matter which
wire is connected at a given junction.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: This rain sensor unit is the same as the standard
model except for the lack of an aluminum mounting bracket and the addition of
a'/2" threaded cap, which allows for the easy use of electrical conduit to totally
enclose the wires. Unless local code states otherwise, plumbing grade PVC pipe
can be used as well as electrical grade conduit.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: This rain sensor unit is designed to be used
with automatic irrigation systems of two principle designs: 1) single -station
electrical timer (e.g., Intermatic) that switches power to a pump, either directly
or through a relay; or 2) single -station electrical timer that switches power to a
solenoid valve.
Standard Model:
Using the screws
provided, mount the Mini-
Clik on any surface
where it will be exposed
to unobstructed rainfall,
but not in the path of
sprinkler spray. The
switch -housing portion
must be upright (as
pictured), but the swivel -
bracket can be moved for
mounting on any angled
surface. Loosen the
locknut and screw before
swiveling bracket, and
then re -tighten.
For the Conduit Model
Mini-Clik-C:
The conduit acts as the
mounting support for the
unit. Therefore, place
and mount the conduit
to allow for the desired
sensor location as
described in the main
instructions for the
standard model. Be sure
to support the conduit
sufficiently along its
various lengths.
For the High -Voltage
Model Mini-Clik-HV:
The mounting of this unit is primarily made by screwing the fitting end into the
threaded holes of covers to rectangular junction boxes (for outdoor use) or the
covers of round junction boxes commonly used for outdoor spotlights. Locate
the junction box so that with the Mini-Clik attached, unobstructed rainfall will hit
the outermost sensing end of the unit. If a longer reach is needed, the "Carlon"
flexible conduit piece can be substituted with a slightly longer piece (up to 8"
length with no support or up to 11" with support).
Helpful hints for mounting:
A. When looking for a suitable location such as on the side of a building or post,
the closer the Mini-Clik is to the controller, the shorter the wire run will be.
This will also minimize the chance for wire breaks.
B. The ideal location for mounting is not always the most practical location. In
the case where a compromise must exist (such as low location on a side wall
rather than the preferred high location), note that the Mini-Clik will still work
as it will always receive some rainfall — it just will not be as accurate in its
gauging as it could be.
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
C. As described in the "Operation" section of this manual, 'reset rate" refers to
the amount of time it takes the Mini-Clik to dry out sufficiently for the sprinkler
system to be allowed to come back on. The mounting location will affect this
rate and should be taken into consideration should extreme conditions exist.
For example, mounting the Mini-Clik on a very sunny, southern end of a
building may cause the Mini-Clik to dry out sooner than desired. Similarly,
mounting on the northern end of a building with constant shade may keep the
Mini-Clik from drying soon enough.
Once the Mini-Clik is mounted, run the wire to the controller, and fasten it every
few feet with wire clips or stapled for best results. If an extension to the wire
provided is needed, use the following table to determine the minimum wire
gauge needed:
If the extension needed is: 25-50 ft. 50-100 ft. 100 ft. or more
use: 20 AWG 18 AWG 16 AWG
Important. The Standard Model Mini-Clik is sold and designed for hook up to 24
Volt irrigation controllers only. For wiring to 110V or 220V irrigation controllers,
please consult your distributor or this factory. All wiring must conform to National
Electrical Code or applicable local codes.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: WARNING! This unit is designed to be installed in
conjunction with 24VAC circuits only. Do not use with 110 or 220VAC circuits.
Forthe Model Mini-Clik-HV: WARNING! This unit must be installed by a qualified
electrician in accordance with National Electrical Code and applicable local
codes. The electrical rating of this device is 125-250VAC at 10.1 amps. Do not
let current pass through this
device that exceeds this
rating. Do not install directly
in line with any pump.
Wiring to the Hunter SRC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the SRC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the RUN
(BYPASS SENSOR) position
on the dial.
1. Route the wires from the
Mini-Clik up through the
same opening used for
valve wiring.
2. Connect one wire to the
RS terminal and other
to the C terminal (See
Figure 1).
3. Connect the valve common
to the RS terminal.
Wiring to the Hunter ICC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the ICC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the
Sensor switch on the front
panel.
1. Remove the jumper from
the two "SEN" terminals.
2. Route the wires from the
rain sensor up through the
same conduit opening
used for valve wiring.
3. Connect one wire to the
terminal labeled "SEN"
and the other wire to the
other "SEN" terminal (See
Figure 2).
Hunter SRC
Connect Common to
thisTerminal when
Mini-Clik
using Rain Sensor
Connect Rain
Sensor Wires to
These Two Terminals
RS
C 1 2 3 4
o
� G T
Third Normally -
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Solenoid
Valves
Figure 1
Mini-Clik
Hunter ICC
G C
0 P MV
o
SEN
o
SEN
e TEST
Third Normally -
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Figure 2
Other Controllers
The two most common situations are shown below. For non-standard wiring
situations, please consult your distributor or request our "Non-standard"
wiring information packet.
A. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves Only (No booster pump) (See Figure 3)
With the two wires from the Mini-Clik at the controller, locate the "common
ground" wire of the solenoid valves. If it is connected to the common terminal
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators 147 © 2011 Hunter Industries Incorporated
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • U.S.A. • TEL: [phone] • FAX [phone] LIT--315 R-A 5/11
wwwhamerindustries.corn

Drip Field Components
148

BIOLINE:
08WRAM ;; AMERICAN ONSITE PRODUCTS
BIOLINE DRIP TUBING
The worlds most advanced continuous
self deaning pressure -compensating
dripperline for wastewater.
Applications
• Can be used with domestic septic tank effluent
of 2201220 (ppm) BODITSS with proper design,
filtration and operation
• Typically Installed following a treatment
process
• Reuse applications including municipally
treated effluent designated for Irrigation
Eeaturesl eneflts
• Pressure Compensation - all drippers deliver
equal flow, even on sloped or rolling terrain.
• Unique Flow Path-Turbonet technology
provides more control of water and a high
resistance to clogging.
• Continuous Self -Flushing Dripper Design -
flushes debris, as it is detected - throughout
operation, not just at the beginning or end of
a cycle. Ensures uninterrupted dripper
operation.
• Single Hole Dripper Outlet from Tubing:
Better protection against root intrusion
Allows the dripperline to be used in
subsurface applications without need for
chemical protection
• ❑rippers Capture Water Flow From the Center
of the Tubing - ensures that only the cleanest
flow enters the dripper.
• Built -In Physical Root Barrier - drippers are
protected from root intrusion without the
need for chemical protection. Water exits
dripper in one location while exiting the
Tubing in another_
• Three Dripper Flow Rates - provides the
broadest range of flow rates available. Allows
the designer to match the dripperline to any
soil or slope condition.
• Bioline Tubing is Completely Wrapped in
Purple - the complete tubing is purple,easily
identifiying it as a non -potable, regardless of
how the tubing is installed.
• Vinyzene-Impregnated Drippers - prevents
buildup of microbial slime.
• Can be used subsurface - Bioline can be
installed on -surface, under cover or subsurface.
• No Special Storage Requirements - does not
degrade if stored outdoors.
• Techfilter Compatible an optional level of
protection, provides a limited lifetime
warranty against root intrusion.
�, -- Self -flushing Free Floating
(diaphragm flushes debris
from dripper
an}>trme
during operation
Efficiently Short %%
FlowPathJ%
Pressure Compensating
Bath and outlet
Tunbonet
Technology- PAN VinymneImpregnated -
mder antimicrobial protection
cross-section to fa resi f buildup ofslime
allows large
par6elesthrough msi ----Physical Barrier -
flowpath s �m on back of dripper
-------- Inlet Filter
Specifications
• Dripper flow rates 0 4, 0.6 or 0.9 GPH
• Dripper spacings 12", 18" or 24" dripper spacings
and blank tubing
• Pressure compensation range: 7 to 70 psi
(stainless steel clamps recommended above 50 psi)
• Maximum recommended system pressure: 50 psi
• Tubing diameter_ 0.66" OD, 0.57" ID
• Tubing color Purple color indicates non -potable
• Coil lengths: 500` or 1,000` (Blank tubing in 250`)
• Recommended filtration: 120 mesh
• Bending radius: 7"
• UV resistant
• Tubing material: Linear lowdensitypolyethylene
Additional flow, spacings, and pipe sizes available by
special order. Please contact Netafim USA Customer
Service for details_
44METAFIx
www.americanonsite.com
3-3

BIOLINE:
08WRAM ;; AMERICAN ONSITE PRODUCTS
BIOLINE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.)
BIOLINE DRIPPER OPERATION
1, Regulating mode
Rioline`scontinuous self-cleaning, pressure compensating
dripper is a fully self-contained unit molded to the interior
2. Initiation of
,
wall of the dripper tubing-
flushing cycle
As shown at right, Rioline is continuously self-cleaning during
operation, not just at the beginning and end of a cycle- The
3. Flushing cycle
result is dependable, clog -free operation, year after year-
4, Regulating made,
❑eanen ��JJyyauy����u�lu�I�a��y���������1/1���)� � ���1JJ)1i l
CROSS E (I"'T I O �g F Effluent
A L W A'� D R i l_ A... R now mXuf r ' . V" � Dripper
Shows how effluent enters the
Dri,
dripper from the center of the flow fnfetf
where it is the cleanest_ Debris
SAMPLE MODEL NUMBER
Bioline =08WRAM
Dripper ire
Dripper Dripper coil
Flew Rate Spacing th
GPH = A 12" = 12 V500
0.6 GPH = .6 18" = 18 V
0.9 GPH = .9 24" = 24
BLANK Tubing Model Number. 250' = 08W RAM-250
www.americanonsite.com
K167

Fence Detail
151

O �
Z n
m ° � vrN
�
O
F
co
Z
w
Fx O g��l
Z
M H
r
Z
O
O
N
N
p N�
a
U
Ln
uo
a
Um
aQ
o
U p
d
%
N
M a
`n a
� N
x +�
x O
Ln v
M H

Irrigation Headworks Components
153

a
f�
U
I I,
_n
a
3
c°
v
a;
•aia m
� � a
Y
N
tl
�
II IIII IIIIII II
Vp WI V
Q
J
B
� C..
MM
Q
;h E^
x c
U
a
a
^
Ex
E c -•
O
? p
O
r
'Q
w
a
a
FVrMMy
O
M
b
co
i
Cd
1. ^
m
m
W
Q
W
=c
L c
O
2
= c
� O
W
N ,c
Uni m
II ^ c
N
O
d
p d
w
Q
�
co
J
\
c
VU1
> m
IIIIII
IIIIII IIIIII IIIIII
�u
� m ;
m
t u
mu o
N c
7
O N
c c
00
^ m
h
0
E:�
a
E o
ELn
v
a vn
r
in o
0
CL
CL
P
�
A
o
�y
/
m
a
a
u v
a
a i
W
40
o
O
N
I

"'
c
.o
o o
N O �o C
a
1
o
N
X
0
m
0
0
a
w
x
O
O
Q
0
O
a�
bo
r
♦-0
cd
N
N
O
cd
a�
c
a�
CL
a�
c

IIIIIIIIIIIII h!l��,J ��!Vl' ��� Il P�r� &� jG�:1 P��iI
IMa yteir IMeteir's rMlAfli....Jet imeteir exceed
the AWWA C708 standard. With sensitivity
t0 irnea uire water flowiiir g a �ow as 1
gaUoir'u 1peir irniiiruu to aind accuracy uinaffected
Iby c0iriroirnor't paitclAates and Ibuild up that
wOlAd fireeze otheir types, you can count on
Ouir IMlAfl het teelhnou ogy„
' eclhniical peciiiicaflons„
AWWA Standard -Meets or exceeds all sections of AWWA
Standard C-708, most recent revision. Compliant with SDWA, NSF
ANSI 372and NSF ANSI61 standards.
Register- Standard Direct Read, DIALOG® 3GAMR System
registers, AccuLinx Encoder, and IP 68 Electrical Output registers
available. Together, an integrated and migratable technology
environment is attained; direct, proximity (touch), mobile AMR,
and Fixed Network AM1.
Register Sealing - Direct Read and DIALOG registers
are permanently sealed with a scratch resistant glass
lens, stainless steel base and wrap -around gasket to
prevent intrusion of dirt or moisture.
Features & Bene-fits:
Rugged basket strainer built from advanced polymer
materials for superior wear mitigation.
Proprietary design produces smooth, laminar flow
profile for improved accuracy
Award -winning DIALOG 3G register design houses
all vital components - encoder, RF transmitter,
battery and antennae - safely within the register's
stainless steel and tempered glass enclosure. Free of
external wires, components and connections - the #1
cause of field related issues on competitive
designs.
Assures compliance with the Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA).
Measures with only one moving part that is hydro-
dynamically balanced on a sapphire bearing to
preserve accuracy and promote a positive bottom line.
Exceptional performance in passing entrained solids
and operating in environments with high mineral
content.
Clean, elegant measurement design is highly sensitive
to leaks and low flow while limiting wear for excellent
revenue protection.
156
Faster Deter JJ '101 Regency Parkway JJ Mansfiel.d, TX 76063 JJ www.niasternieter.coni

IIIIIIIIIIIII h!l� �,J �� V1, ��� I l Per � &� � G�:1 P��i
Technka� Specs (Confd))
Register Unit - Registration available in U.S. gallons, cubic
feet or cubic meters.
Test Circle - Large center sweep hand with one hundred
(100) clearly marked gradations on the periphery of the
dial face (available on Direct Read and DIALOG 3G
registers).
Design/Operation - Velocity -type flow measurement.
Water that is evenly distributed by multiple converging
inlet ports flows past an impeller in the measuring
chamber, creating an impeller velocity directly
proportional to water flow rate. The meter's register
integrates that velocity into totalized flow.
An inherent advantage for this design is unparalleled
wear mitigation leading to sustained revenues.
The register assembly is removable under line pressure
permitting seamless, simplified upgrades in
reading technology.
Strainer - A rugged, 360-degree advance polymer
basket strainer protects the critical measuring
element from damage. The unique strainer design
smoothes the flow of water entering into the meter
creating a laminar flow that is gentle on the meter's
internal components. Tough materials operating in a
smooth, balanced environment enable the meters
to perform more accurately over time. Utilities'
investments last longer while capturing more revenue.
Measuring Chamber- The measuring chamber housing
and measurement element are built with an advanced
synthetic polymer. Measurement surfaces are not
wear surfaces, providing sustained accuracy despite
the presence of entrained solids in the water. A long
life, synthetic sapphire bearing serves as a wear
surface with radially balanced water flows. The
chamber housing is constructed in two parts to
allow access to the impeller. Bottom plates available in
Bronze, Cast Iron (CI) or Engineered Plastic.
Flow Rating (gpm)
20
30
30
30
50
Continuous Flow (gpm)
15
20
20
20
30
Normal Flow Range (gpm)
1-20
2-30
2-30
2-30
3-50
Extended Low Flow (gpm)
1/4
1/2
1/2
1/2,'
3/4
Maximum Working Pressure (psi)
150
150
150
150
150
Maximum Working Temperature (F);
120
1120
120
120
120
Length (A below)
7-1/2"
7-1/2"
9..
9..
10-3/4"
Width (B below)(
3-5/8"
3-5/8"
3-5/8"
3-5/8"
4"
Height, standard register with lid (C below)
5"
5"
5"
5"
5-1/4"
Height, bottom to center line (D below)
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
Weight (Ibs)
3.95
4.0
4.1
4.6
5.25
Packed To Carton
6
6
6
4
4
Carton Weight (Ibs)
25.1
25.4
26
19.8
22.4
Accuracy and Il lean Il....ess Chain
ACCURACY%
10 P.S.I.
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
B
V.06L'1'18 1
157
Master Meter JJ '101 Regency Parkway JJ Mansfiel.d, TX 76063 JJ www.niasternieter.coni IIII

Description
The Vortex filters are placed between the pump and dripfield
to screen out any debris. Spin plates at the top of each screen
direct the flow of debris to the base of the screen for easy
self cleaning.
Features
- Simple self cleaning filter. Geoflows Vortex filter
depends on a simple forward flush to self clean.
Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle
plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. A
centrifugal motion starts inside the screen chamber,
throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity
moves the debris down the screen wall to the flush
outlet at the base of the Vortex Filter.
- It is simple to install and operate, requiring very few
moving parts.
- Can be plumbed to self clean periodically
with electronically activated solenoid valves
(recommended), or continuously with slightly
opened ball valves.
- Sturdy stainless steel screen proven effective in onsite
wastewater applications. A sinteringprocess in which
three pieces of stainless steel mesh are transformed
into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150 mesh.
- Body is a two-piece threaded housing with O-ring seal.
Molded from high heat ABS and chemical resistant
glass reinforced plastic.
1" Vortex Filter
Width
1.5" and 2" Vortex
Height
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Item Number
Size
Max.
Filtration
Max.
Width
Height
Flush
Area of
(MPT)
Flow rate
(mesh)
Pressure
Port
Filtration
(GPM)
(psi) (ft.)
(MPT)
(inchesz)
AP4E-75F
3/4"
10
150
80
185
6.0"
6.0"
3/4"
23.4
AP4E-1F
1"
20
150
80
185
6.5"
7.0"
3/4"
28.4
AP4E-1.5F
1.5"
45
150
100
231
12"
15.5"
3/4"
60.8
AP4E-2F
2.0"
70
150..
80
185
12"
16.0"
3/4»
60.8
AP4E-75F 3/4inch Vortex
Filter has been discontinued.
Please use a
larger filter
for onsite wastewater
applications.
Replacement
parts are still available.
150 mesh = 100 micron
When in doubt, it is best to choose the filter with the larger screen area.
Geoflow, Inc. Tel [phone] Fax i';-927-0120
Product Sheets-2011 Filter VortexScreen12H27.indd
www.geoflow.com

(FT) (PSi)
a 27.7 1' 2
kI.
18.5 8
�a
=e�
0.2 4
3/4" "cortex Screen Filter
0 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 0 10 11 12
Flaw - GPM
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 3/4 inch male pipe
thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shallinclude
an O-ring seal An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen
is all stainless steel, providing a 23.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shallbe molded from vinyl. The 3/4"
filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number ANE-75E
1" Vortex Screen Filter
34.7 15
a 0
5 10 15 20 25
Flaw (9Pm)
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread
(MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an
O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing The 150 mesh filter screen is all
stainless steel, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl The 1" filter
shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-lE
159

NETAFI/IATM
VALVES GROW MORE WITH LESS
ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING VALVES
IB
1" ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING NYLON VALVE
323 ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING NYLON VALVE
■ Durable, glass reinforced nylon construction provides
superb hydraulic performance.
■ Large internal water passage with no moving parts in
the flow path prevents clogging.
■ Built-in 2-Way Solenoid with low power requirement
for ease of operation and reliability.
■ Simple installation either vertically or horizontally.
■ High resistance to corrosive water containing fertilizer
and chemicals.
■ Standard with a flow control (throttling) handle.
SIZE I LENGTH HEIGHT WEIGHT
I � ................... LZ LY ......... .................. ............ .......... 1- 1 4 7/8" 4 7/8" .5 LBS.
�� ��
1 1/2"' 7 3/8" 6" 2.0
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 7 7/8" 2.2 LBS.
FLOW (GPM)
LIGHT BROWN AREA INDICATES RECOMMENDED OPERATING RANGE. 323 9 1/4" 6 5/8" 3.1 LBS.
APPLICATIONS
■ Small agricultural irrigation zones
■ Greenhouse and nursery irrigation
■ Cooling systems
■ Ultra high flow or low flow capacity
irrigation systems
SPECIFICATIONS
■ Available Sizes: 1", 1 1/2", 2" and 323
■ Maximum Working Pressure:
1" - 115 psi and 2" to 323 - 150 psi
■ Maximum Water Temperature: 1400 F
■ Connections: Female Threaded NPT
■ Electrical Specifications:
Voltage - Standard 24 VAC, 60 Hz
Inrush Current - 29mA
Holding Current - 14mA
Allowable Voltage Variation: 10%
■ Body and Bonnet: Glass Reinforced Nylon
■ Spring: Stainless Steel (AIS1302)
■ Nuts, Bolts, Washers: Stainless Steel (304)
■ Diaphragm: Natural Rubber
SIZE ITEM NUMBE" MODEL NUMBER
1" � 71610-014015 � 61ET1PBI-BC �
71610-014040 61ET1.5PB12-BC
2- 71610-014507 61ET2PB12-BC
323 71610-015202 61ET323PB12-BC
SOLD IN CASE QUANTITIES AND 24VAC ONLY
1 ' CASE QUANTITY= 20
1 1/2"AND 2" CASE QUANTITY =8
323 CASE QUANTITY =4
' META FIM TIA
GROW MORE WITH LESS
NETAFIM USA
5470 E. Home Ave.
Fresno, CA 93727
CS 888 638 2346
www.netafimusa.com
A070 10/13
160

Appendix I
Engineering Calculations
- System Design
- Elevation Determinations
- Buoyancy Calculations
- Pump Design
- Working Volume Calculations
- Dripfield Design
- Loading Rate Workbook
fJ �"� ,
�uygli
u �
µ
Iral

Carter Property Surface Drip
Design Calculations
Date:
2-Sep-21
Project:
Carter Property WWTS
Location:
Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County:
Cabarrus
PIN:
55498193060000
SEPTIC TANK SIZING
Daily Flow Estimate
Flow/Unit
# of Units Units (g I Flow/Day (gpd)
3
BR
120
360
TOTAL DAILY FLOW Q =
360 gpd
►amc vo►umeis►ze Ivasea on max►mum oa►►y now
Single Family Residences Q < 600 gpd,
(per NCAC T15A:18A .1952(b)(1))
Single Family Residences with 5 bedrooms or less,
# Bedrooms IMin. Volume (gal)
3 or less 900
4 1000
5 1250
M
Required Minimum Tank Size = 1,000 gal.
(per NCAC T15A:18A .1952(b)(2)(8))
TANK SIZE PROVIDED = 1,500 gal.
Model: TS 1500 STB Non -Traffic
RECIRCULATION TANK & POD SIZING
►amc ana roa vo►umeia►ze Inasea on max►mum oa►►y r►ow
Single Family Residences with 6 bedrooms or less,
# Bedrooms I Daily Design Flow I AX Units
4 or less 1 <480 and 1-AX-20 or 1-AX-20-RT
M
AX Unit Required = AX 20-RT
AX Unit Specified = AX 20-RT
** Recirculation tank is integral to the AX 20-RT Unit.
PUMP TANK SIZING
TANK SELECTION
Shoaf Precast MS 3,500 gallon
Non -Traffic Rated Pump Tank
Model: PT-2105
162

O
U
i6
U
C
0
W
W
E -
0
0
O V O
� Y
_ (6
0 0 W O N O W (O M V V V (O
O O N O NO N V V M I� 00 N
r. V V M
O O M O NM M I� N N �
w N O M
(O 00 0 00 0
w (O (O (O
W
N
N
a
w
m
U
O
J_
Q E
O p
F t�- Q
O w
� Y N
W0 0
N
E m' 0 J 0 m N 6I
Y O` ~ ~ W � > w =
Q w C LL N
n � a ,am LFa°io�OuNi0 uw) m
_ a�.>6Ww
w 0E a u = E F m E
O
't 18 E W Y JFLL
A
y O w .O U O O O O O m° H
O m O
Q Q Y
N N -N0O
E
x
18
oaawo w(Dc)wwFwwcDm (L
E
a
E -
O
O M N
�LL N V
Z Y
=cr
O o O O I� r N O N N I� W O O I� M N r
M N O O O o N I M O N (O N 0
V M M N O M O N O M W� O N O o 0
M M O M r r r r r
M N N N N N N N NO N
E M O 0
.000
w
W
n 0 E
O
E O m LL
O O w �
° 0 0
0 0 O 6I w> .0 0 w a0 N W
U)m o o= - E m y m w E E
w ° m.a' ° o -OOa >F mF x is Via¢
U)Nmm m s O°
>mm3 >
o 0 .0 oWmE OJU) Co N zmaa w w 0 w > > iiw> a
maLS dow0w= L'0--mm a
x x
w QE >>>=mo
�
w
c c
A A
v v
a a
O O o 0 0 0 0 N M M N M O I�
N O N 0 0 0 0 m O O m M O N
V M
O O 0 m
N O m V
� V
w
a
O
�
N
N
X Q
W O O
O
m Y
Y 6
Y O F O
E
>
w
uwiY mF
6 6 w
F E O F w >
N
0
0 N F 'U
.0 t+ t' .0
Q
m '� n F
U) > = U) F w
O
J
> .S .0
N p
U m
T 0
L
W O w Q
Q E
Q N U 0t
0
Q'0t
O- O F x
Y
°gy
a k a m
o
m
- m,a
12 m o -� °
m= Co w o
�°- m m m
o m
a F F
w `0
_
.�
o .4 ow .4 E
n
m s o m v
E
n o o>
0
a>> .N a>> .N > o
A E
c)¢c)c)00
�
w
oa n(D
Y
w15wowww(D
rU) a
0
C
A
L
�
.O 5.
w
=
w
O 0 Z
m
w
_
0
d J O a
w
U)
m

Septic Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Date: 2-Sep-21
Project:
Carter Property WWTS
Location:
Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County:
Cabarrus
PIN:
55498193060000
Tank Size (nominal) = 1,500 gallons
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 1.00 ft. (minimum)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.25 (typical value)
l anK olmenslons (rrom suppller)
Exterior Interior
Length =
10.50 ft. 10.00 ft.
Width =
5.50 ft. 5.00 ft.
Total Tank Depth =
5.83 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
0 in.
0.00 ft.
Area of Riser Openings =
6.28 ft^2
Tank Weight (est.) =
13,000 lb. (based on manufacturer)
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 21,021 Ib.
Weight Calculation
Tank Weight = 13,000 Ib
Water Weight in Tank = 0 Ib
Soil Weight Over Tank = 4,015 Ib
Soil Tension Force = 5,258 Ib
Total Weight = 22,272 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.
163

AdvanTex RT Pod Buoyancy Calculation
Date: 2-Sep-21
Project:
Carter Property WWTS
Location:
Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County:
Cabarrus
PIN:
55498193060000
RT Model = AX20 Gravity
All calculations are performed assuming completely submerged conditions, with no liquid in the unit.
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Net Beam Density = 67.55 Ib/ft^3
Net Soil Density = 67.6 Ib/ft^3
Unit Weight = 883 Ib (based on manufacturer)
,�iuppiementai banast tvaivatuon (Anti -buoyancy beam)
Depth from top of beam to tank bottom =
3.00 in
Tank exposure length =
2.00 in
Burial depth to beam =
5.58 ft
Width of beam =
0.69 ft
8.25 in
buoyancy rorce ualcularlon:
Buoyancy Force = 12,475 Ib (based on manufacturer)
Weight Calculation
Tank Weight =
883 Ib
Soil Weight on Beam =
12,780 Ib
Weight of Beam =
129.2 Ib
Total Weight =
13,792 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.
164

Pump Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Date: 2-Sep-21
Project:
Carter Property WWTS
Location:
Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County:
Cabarrus
PIN:
55498193060000
Tank Size (nominal) = 3,500 gallons
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 1.50 ft. (min.)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.25 (typical value)
i anK uimensions (rrom suppner):
Exterior Interior
Length =
12.50 ft. 12.00 ft.
Width =
6.50 ft. 6.00 ft.
Total Tank Depth =
7.33 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
0 in.
0.00 ft.
Area of Riser Openings =
6.28 ft^2
Tank Weight (est.) =
18,640 lb. (based on manufacturer)
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 37,180 Ib.
Weight Calculation
Tank Weight = 18,640 Ib
Water Weight in Tank = 0 Ib
Soil Weight Over Tank = 8,771 Ib
Soil Tension Force = 9,867 Ib
Total Weight = 37,279 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.
165

Pump Sizing/Design
Recirculation Pump Calculation
Project:
Carter Property WWTS
Location:
Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County:
Cabarms
PIN:
55498193060000
Timer Settings
Required Doses/Day
96
Recirculation Ratio
2.5 :1
Design Flow (Q)
360 gpd
Flow to Pod
900 gpd
Flow to ST
356 gpd
Pump Flow
1,256 gpd
Dose Volume to Pod
9.4 gallons
# of Pumps
1
Pod Flowrate
12 gpm
Return Flowrate
4.75 gpm
Pump Flowrate
16.75 gpm
# of Cycles/day
96
Cycle Volume
13.1 gallons
Cycle Run time
0.78 min
Cycle Off Time
14.22 min
Friction Losses
Suction Head =
0 ft. (submersible = 0)
Elev. Difference (highest point from pump) =
5.00 ft.
Design Pressure At Outlet =
6.93 ft.
Line Length =
26 ft. 1.0" Schedule 40 PVC
Line Loss/100 ft =
1.53 ft/100 ft.
Friction Loss - Line =
0.40 ft.
SUB -TOTAL =
12.33 ft.
Friction Loss - Fittings (5%) =
0.62 ft.
TOTAL =
12.94 ft.
Pump Efficiency = 0.7 (assumed, typical)
Motor Efficiency = 0.9 (assumed for electric pumps)
Flow = 16.75 gpm
Required Horsepower= 0.1 hp
TDH = 12.94 ft.
Pump Selection
°300
FSfiJ(1
700
600
ass
50o
r�r
400
300
200
'100
0
0
Manufacturer: Orenco
Model: PF30051 1
Horsepower: 1 /2
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Rorer in gallons per rnanete (gpinr
Operating Point
166

Working Volume & Storage Time Estimate
Project:
Carter Property WWTS
Location:
Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County:
Cabarrus
PIN:
55498193060000
Storage Volume
Needed: 1,800 gal.
Dose Volume = 160 gal.
Pump/Storage Tank Information
Tank Size (nominal) = 3,500 gallons
Number of Tanks = 1
Interior Dimensions:
Length =
12.00 ft.
Width =
6.00 ft.
Tank Depth =
6.67 ft. (Interior)
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
18 in.
Timer Enable Float Height =
24 in.
(from pump manufacturer)
1.50 ft. (Inlet located in inlet t
Inlet Invert Height =
70 in.
HWA Height =
62 in.
(from interior Tank floor)
5.83 ft.
Working Volume & Storage Time
Gal/Inch =
43.95 gal/in
Working Volume =
2021.7 gal.
Estimated Storage Time in Tank = 5.62 days
Note: Storage time must be greater than 5 days for single family residences
or greater than/equal to the storage time required by the water balance
for commercial or community systems.
167

§
f© a o o f o m o o
E \ E a CO
\
koof99moo
0E���\Qr��
¥
E
)
�E , , , , , , �
>_
\a \
$
3
\koofffmok
E���\Q��G
) J
<0
§\\\\'C)\
�000 e
\
ƒ\//oo00
f >
\ \ o ) LO LO N \ \
* S S / $
CL 00/ co
c �\2)\ +kLoC) �o
D ȴ S%\ 2 E co F v v^ 2
t-==�
@ e=oer -
o<oor
� o
� ®
� ® E E
2 U) g
\f = /
§
©\�0Ea)/�
e=2//&=G
2 +.g E _ e o ®
@ ■ E _ ._ z- _ o
t} ƒ \/m§3�k�©
o 5 E m 3 5 5 7
U �\ \/ j///\///ƒ

Carter Property Surface Drip
Dripfield Layout
Date:
2-Sep-21
Project:
Carter Property WWTS
Location:
Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County:
Cabarrus
PIN:
55498193060000
Dripfield Sizing
Daily Design Flow 360 gpd
Loading Rate (LTAR) 13.07 in/ r I Inrn;,l It I C)�,Oinrt d lcwolkhook
0.37 ac
Dripfield Area Required 16,127 s ft I Inrn;,l It I C)�)Oinrt d lcwolkhook
Dri line Spacing 3 ft
Required Dri line 5,376 ft
Surface Dripfield Layout
Zone #
Lateral #
Run #
Run Length
ft
Lateral
Length ft
Zone
Length ft
1
1
35
293
2
40
3
46
4
52
5
57
6
63
1
2
7
69
300
1516
8
75
9
75
10
81
3
11
94
194
12
100
4
13
106
218
14
112
5
15
118
243
16
125
6
17
131
268
18
137
7
19
144
294
20
150
8
21
150
300
22
150
9
23
150
300
24
150
2
10
25
150
300
1392
26
150
11
27
66
198
28
55
29
47
30
30
Zone #
Lateral #
Run #
Run
Len th ft
Lateral
Length ft
Zone Length
ft
12
31
149
296
32
147
13
33
145
288
34
143
14
35
141
280
36
1 139
3
15
37
137
272
1659
38
135
16
39
133
264
40
131
17
41
130
259
42
129
18
43
125
245
44
120
19
45
114
223
46
109
20
47
103
201
48
98
4
21
49
93
180
1363
50
87
22
51
82
298
52
77
53
72
54
67
23
55
62
216
56
57
57
51
58
46
Total = 5930
Min. Required = 5376
Blanking = 10.32%
169

Ili° iii III IF::11ow
II
Date: 24-Sep-21
Project: Carter Property WWTS
Location: Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County: Cabarrus
PIN: 55498193060000
F0t11 IF Held
Total quantity of effluent to be disposed per day
Hydraulic Loading Rate
Minimum Dispersal Field Area
IF:'IIOvnr IFler Zone
Number of Zones
am
Number of SubFields
Dispersal area per zone
Spacing between lines
Choose spacing between emitters
Total linear ft. per zone (minimum required)
Total number of emitters per zone
Dripline Type
Pressure at beginning of the dripfield
Feet of Head at the beginning of dripfield
Flow rate per emitter
Dose flow per zone
Min. Flushing Velocity (Normal Operation)
Min. Flushing Velocity (Maintenance Operation)
Flush flow required at the end of each dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral
Flow required to Dose longest dripline lateral
Laterals per zone
Total flow per zone
Total flow required to achieve flushing velocity
Number of doses per day / zone:
Timer ON. Pump run time per dose/zone:
Timer OFF. Pump off time between doses
Per Zone - Pump run time per day/zone:
All Zones - Number of doses per day / all zones
Allow time for field to pressurize
Filter flush timer
Drain timer
Field flush timer
Field flush counter
Time required to complete all functions per day
Dose volume per zone
Length of Draining Supply Line
Volume
Length of Draining Subfield Supply Line
Volume
Length of Draining Return Line
Volume
Volume in dripline / zone
Total Recharge Volume
360 gallons / day
0.02 gallons / sq.ft. / day
16127 sq.ft.
4,zone(s)
O'subfields
4032 sq.ft.
3ft
2;ft
1659 ft. per zone
830 emitters per zone
Perc-Rite Bi6line
40 psi ,
92.4 ft
0.61 gph
8.43 gpm
1 ft/sec
1 ft/sec
0.74 gpm
300 ft
1.53 gpm
6 lines
13.59 gpm
5.16 gpm
075 doses
14.14 mins:secs
7:45 hrs:mins
0:10 hrs:mins
3.00 doses / day
0:00:30 hrs:mins:secs
0:0020 hrs:mins:secs
0:0500 hrs:mins:secs
0:01 00 hrs:mins:secs
10 cycles
1:03 hrs:mins
120 gallons per dose
73 ft
7.53 gallons
0+ft
0.00 gallons
65,ft
2.81 gallons
20.48 gallons
113 gallons
170

IPluirmnp Sizing
Date: 24-Sep-21
Project: Carter Property WWTS
Location: Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County: Cabarrus
PIN: 55498193060000
Field Flaw Summary
Number of Zones
Flow Required to dose field
Flow required to flush field
Flow required to dose & flush field
I...osses through Return Line
Select Flush Line Diameter
Length of return line
Equivalent length of fittings
Elevation Change
Pressure loss in 100 ft of pipe
Total pressure loss from end of dripline back to tank
Minimum Pressure Specified Returning to Tank
I...osses through Dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral
Minimum dosing pressure required at end of dripline
Loss through dripline during dose/flush
Alin. Pressure Required at Beiginning of Dripfield
Calculated Pressure
Specified Pressure (from Field Flow Wksht)
I...osses through Headworks
Recommended Filter (Vortex Screen Filter)
Selected Filter
Filter Pressure Loss
Recommended Zone Valve (Electric Solenoid)
Selected Zone Valve
Zone Valve Pressure Loss
Recommended Flow Meter (Master Meter Multi -Jet)
Selected Flow Meter
Flow Meter Pressure Loss
Other Pressure Losses
Total loss through Headworks components
I...osses through Supply Line
Select Field Supply Line Diameter
Length of supply line from PT to Start of Dripfield
Length of supply line Along Dripfield
Equivalent length of fittings
Pressure loss in 100 ft. of pipe (Supply)
Elevation Change (Pump to tank outlet)
Elevation Change (Tank outlet to Start of Dripfield)
Elevation Change (Along Dripfield)
Total Supply Line Head Loss from Pump to Field
Pressure Regulator (Dosing Condition)
Total Dynamic Head Loss (from PT to Start of Field)
TDH of Selected Pump at Dose Flow
TDH at Start of Field
Is Pressure Regulator Required?
4 zones
8.43 gpm
5.16 gpm
13.59 gpm
Flushing Condition
(ft.)
(Psi)
1"
1110
111
6,4
2.03
0.88
30.76
13.32
4.62
2,0
300
16.17
7,00
56.60
24.50
91.98
39.82
92.40
40.00
1"
0
0
0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
300
16.17 7.00
20.12 8.71
36.29 1 15.71
AP4E 1 F
AP4E-1,5F'
1 in Screen Fitter 0-20gpm
2.96 1 1.28
1.91
0.83
1" Solenoid
_.1 " Solenoid1
1" Solenoid
2.41 1 1.04
1.06
0.46
5/8" Meter
344' Meter,
4.46
1.93
1.63
0
4.59
0.70
4 ;
1.99 `....
0
9.84
0
4.26
1000
1000
100
100
110
110
1.47
0.61
5
5
0
0
0
0
22.77
12.34
16.27 ft
145 ft
128.73 ft
= 55.73 psi
NO
171

Pump Calculations
Date:
24-Sep-21
Project:
Carter Property WWTS
Location:
Abilene Road
Concord NC 28025
County:
Cabarrus
PIN:
55498193060000
IRRIGATION PUMP SIZING
Pump Selection
Manufacturer: Orenco
Model: PF 2005 1 1
Horsepower: 0.50
Pump Operating Points (from drip spreadsheet)
)perating Conditions TDH (ft.) Flow (gpm) Legend
)ose Flow (Required) 53.2 8.4 (single zone)
)ose Flow (Actual) 145.0 8.4 (dose flow on pump curve)
-lush Flow 125.0 13.6 0 (Flush Velocity, single zone)
172

Project Name: Shannon Carter
Facility Address: Abilene Road
Concord, NC
PIN:55499036170000
County: Cabarrus
Prepared by: Trevor Hackney
Project Design Flow = 360 gal/day
# of Bedrooms
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
SFR-LRW 9-08
173

Project Name: Shannon Carter
Location of Temperature Data: Concord, NC
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: NC- Natural Resources Conservation Service
Site Latitude (degrees) 35.36 within range
Calculated PET: 34.35 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours 112
Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January
40.9
0.87
0.98
0.26
February
44.1
0.85
1.57
0.43
March
51.3
1.03
3.17
1.17
April
60.5
1.09
5.73
2.40
May
68.8
1.21
8.43
4.13
June
76.7
1.21
11.32
5.75
July
80.3
1.23
12.73
6.67
August
78.5
1.16
12.02
5.89
September
72.3
1.03
9.68
4.10
October
61.2
0.97
5.94
2.22
November
50.6
0.86
3.00
0.91
December
43.6
0.85
1.47
0.40
Total =
76.03
34.35
SFR-LRW 9-08
174

Project Name: Shannon Carter
Location of Precipitation Data: Concord, NC
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: NC- Natural Resources Conservation Service
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation: 49.82
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Total =
Mean Monthly
Precipitation
%of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
3.68
7.69
3.83
3.12
6.52
3.25
4.10
8.56
4.27
4.03
8.42
4.19
3.71
7.75
3.86
4.67
9.76
4.86
5.31
11.09
5.53
4.53
9.46
4.71
4.24
8.86
4.41
3.49
7.29
3.63
3.48
7.27
3.62
3.51
7.33
3.65
47.87
1 100.00
49.82
SFR-LRW 9-08
175

Project Name: Shannon Carter
Design Flow = 360 gal/day
SFR Loading Rate Group: C
Limiting Soil Ksat = 0.005 inch/hour
Drainage Coefficient = 0.510
Drainage Rate = 0.0612
1
Annual Hydraulic
Loading Rate =
Irrigation Area =
13.07 inch/yr
16,131 square ft
0.37032 acres
inch/day (Formula: Ksat ' Drainage Coefficient' 24)
Number of
Days in the
Month
PET in/mo
IV
Vertical
Drainage
in/mo
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
in/mo
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
in/mo(gallons/day)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallons/month)
January
31
0.26
1.90
3.83
0.00
0
0
February
28
1 0.43
1.71
3.25
0.00
0
0
March
31
1.17
1.90
4.27
0.00
0
0
April
30
2.40
1.84
4.19
0.04
15
436
May
31
4.13
1.90
3.86
2.16
702
21,759
June
30
5.75
1.84
4.86
2.73
915
27,461
July
31
6.67
1.90
5.53
3.04
987
30,603
August
31
1 5.89
1.90
4.71
3.08
998
30,948
September
30
4.10
1.84
4.41
1.52
509
15,272
October
31
2.22
1.90
3.63
0.49
159
4,921
November
30
0.91
1.84
3.62
0.00
0
0
December
31
0.40
1 1.90
1 3.65
1 0.00
1 0
0
TOTAL = 365 34.35 22.34 49.82
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR Loading Rate
Table
SFR
Maximum Annual
Geometric Mean
Loading
Loading Rate
Ksar Range
Rate
(in/yr)
(in/hr)
Group
Low - High
Low - High
SFR-A
26.0 - 50.0
>0.05
SFR-B
19.5 - 26.0
0.015 - 0.05
SFR-C
13.0 - 19.5
0.003 - 0.015
SFR-D
0.0 - 13.0
0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
13.07 4285.13 131,400
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
87,600 gal/yr
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
131,400 gal/yr
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
175,200 gal/yr
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
219,000 gal/yr
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
262,800 gal/yr
Maximum allowable
irrigation: 131,400 gallyr
The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow.
SFR-LRW 9-08
176

Appendix J
Site Map
177

0

Appendix K
Operation and Maintenance Plan

&� � V-1 L
Engineers nd Soil Scientists
e:ga'g-Waste 1-echnogo g , pair...
01 N. arer.r. StrE et, &-fite 20
Apex, IMx.d, Carrap ria 27502
9-8 5 9,µ0> )
ww.agr'fl waste. a,')m
Basic System Operating Instructions
for
Single Family Residence Drip
Wastewater Treatment Systems
These operating instructions are intended as general guidelines and should not be
interpreted as a complete and detailed explanation of how to operate this irrigation
system. Please note that these instructions are intended as a supplement to the permit
issued by the N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources Non -Discharge
Permitting Unit. As a result, any requirements or items noted in the permit document
supercede any recommendations noted in these instructions.
If you are unsure of how to operate the system, please contact a licensed contractor or
professional who can assist you with the operation of your system. Record the name and
contact information of an individual familiar with the operation of this system, along with
an emergency contact in the event immediate assistance is necessary.
CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFO.:
EMERGENCY CONTACT INFO. (if different from above):
180

General Maintenance Considerations
This wastewater irrigation system has been designed to operate with minimum
maintenance and oversight after the initial system start-up period. However, routine
inspections are necessary and periodic maintenance WILL BE REQUIRED both by your
permit and for successful operation of the system.
No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the treatment units,
tank areas, or irrigation field.
SEPTIC TANK:
The septic tank in this system operates exactly as a septic tank associated with a
conventional septic drainfield system. The purpose of the septic tank is to remove
particles and solids from the waste stream As a result, solids build up in the bottom of
the tank (just like a typical septic tank). Over time the solids will need to be removed
from the tank or clogging of the sand filter or pipelines may occur. In general, it is
recommended that solids be pumped from the septic tank every 3 — 5 years (depending on
how intense the usage). Private septic tank pumping contractors can do this and are
typically easily found in the white or yellow pages of the phone book.
Maintenance Schedule:
The effluent filter in the septic tank (attached to the outflow pipe) should be cleaned at
least every 6 months or per manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more frequent
(see the manufacturer's guide on how to do this) and the tank solids should be checked
annually.
A contractor or septic system professional can clean the septic tank filter for you;
however, this task can be performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge.
Remove the septic tank lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded
or snap into place). Be sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater
since it could contain harmful bacteria or viruses. To clean the filter, use a garden hose
with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter back into the inlet side of the septic
tank. Once the filter is clean, place it back in the septic tank. Discard or disinfect the
plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2 cup Clorox or equivalent to 1-gallon
water). Replace the septic tank lid.
ADVANTEX FILTER:
The treatment component of the system is an AdvanTex media filter. Liquid from the
septic tank will flow into the pod and periodically be pumped across the filter fabric.
Wastewater will be treated in the pod and periodically be discharged. To prevent
groundwater from affecting the pod, the pod will be installed on a bed of gravel with a
concrete collar.
2
181

Effluent from the system should be sampled per the requirements of the system permit. If
no parameters are listed, AWT recommends sampling for the following parameters; Total
Suspended Solids (TSS), Biological Oxygen Demand (BODA Total Nitrogen (TN),
Ammonia -Nitrogen (NH3-N), and Fecal Coliform. If desired AWT can assist you in
collecting these samples (919-859-0669) and interpretation the results.
Maintenance Schedule:
Maintenance of this system will be conducted by a certified operator under contract with
the homeowner.
DISINFECTION — UV:
Disinfection for the system will be accomplished using a UV system. The UV light
should operate for at least one year prior to needing to be replaced. If the UV light burns
out an alarm will notify the operator. Also, the alarm light on the control panel will
illuminate. When the UV alarm is activated, the system will shut off the recirculation
pump and the system will cease to operate until the UV bulb is replaced.
Maintenance Schedule:
The UV component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel)
is not illuminated. The UV bulb should be cleaned on a 6-month interval. To clean the
bulb, the power to the system (UV bulb and pumps) should be turned off in the control
panel. The UV housing can then be removed using the attached handle. Once the UV
housing is clear of the riser, the quartz sleeve and bulb assembly can be removed from
the housing. While holding the base of the assembly, the quartz sleeve shall be wiped
with a clean paper towel. If scaling on the sleeve is noticed, a liquid cleaner such as CLR
can be utilized. The sleeve and bulb assembly shall be re -installed after cleaning. The
UV bulb should last in excess of one year but will be replaced as needed. It is
recommended that the homeowner (or contracted operator) maintain a back-up UV bulb
and quartz sleeve when it is time to replace the bulb. This service will be completed by
the engaged certified operator.
PUMPING SYSTEM, RAIN SENSOR & ALARMS:
The pump used for this system is a submersible pump that turns off and on based on
switches inside the pump tank. These switches toggle the pump timer on and off
depending on the effluent level inside the tank. The switches are designed such that the
pump will turn on, run for a set period of time, then shut off under normal operating
circumstances. When it has been raining, a rain sensor overrides this normal operation so
that effluent is not applied when the soil is saturated. Therefore, effluent is allowed to
build-up in the pump tank until it is dry enough to apply again. After a rainfall event, you
may notice that the pump operates more frequently. This is normal and should be
expected.
The pump is also equipped with a HIGH WATER alarm that activates when the liquid
level in the pump tank is too high. If this should occur it is important to not use any
additional water (i.e. don't flush commodes, use the washer/dishwater, take showers, etc.)
3
182

until the liquid level is reduced. In extreme cases it may be necessary to contract a septic
tank pumping contractor to pump out excess liquid from the pump tank if long periods of
rain prevent land application of effluent.
The pump will wear over time and will likely need replacement every 5 — 7 years (again,
depending on usage). A licensed septic contractor should be contacted for maintenance
or replacement of the pump.
Maintenance Schedule:
The storage and pumping component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb
(on control panel) is not illuminated. It is important to inspect the pump tank, and
components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are building up on the tank bottom, to
ensure that the pump control switches are placed properly, and to verify proper pumping
of the effluent. These activities will be handled by the engaged service provider.
SUPPLY LINE TO DRIPFIELD:
The location of the supply line should be walked weekly to ensure that a line breakage
has not occurred. The area in which the line is buried should be monitored for any wet
spots or locations of excessive vegetation growth as these occurrences may be an
indication of a line breakage. No permanent structure shall be erected over the locations
of the Supply and Return lines. No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over
the Supply and Return lines.
Maintenance Schedule:
Walk location of lines weekly.
DRIP FIELD:
The drip field should be inspected weekly to verify proper operation and to ensure
driplines have not become damaged. Clogged or worn drip tubing should be replaced or,
in the event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. No heavy vehicles or equipment should
be driven over the irrigation area.
Fill placed in the irrigation area shall be monitored for signs of required maintenance
throughout the life of the drip field. The crown shall be maintained on the dripfield such
that water is shed away from the surface of the dripfield. Any rills or gullies that form in
the dripfield shall be filled and smoothed to match the surrounding topography. Low
spots that form or areas where water is ponding shall be filled to provide adequate
drainage throughout the dripfield. Areas where significant settling has occurred may also
require additional fill to maintain the required 12" separation from the SHWT. Any
additional fill should be placed beneath the drip tubing, which will require the tubing to
be temporarily relocated until the fill activities are completed. Areas of fill should be
mounded with an additional 2" of fill to allow for settling. Any fill used shall meet the
characteristics defined in the approved design.
4
183

Vegetation (grass for this system) in the application area is critical to the operation of the
treatment system. The application area should be allowed to remain in a natural state;
however, the area should be kept free of fallen trees and invasive weeds. Any saplings or
stumps that re -grow should also be removed from the application area by hand and
without damaging the drip components. The turf should be cut occasionally to keep the
turf at a manageable height. Cutting should be performed using a trimmer, scythe, or
other method that will not damage the drip tubing. Wheeled or tracked equipment should
not be used. A soil sample should be collected from the drip field area to determine
appropriate rates of lime and fertilizer application.
It is important to maintain the fencing around the application field in order to ensure that
access to the area is restricted. This is necessary to minimize human contact with the
treated effluent and to ensure the vegetation remains healthy.
SYSTEM OPERATION & SETTINGS
It should be noted that a contractor or other qualified professional should be contacted if
you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with operating this system or if system
troubleshooting is necessary. In general, the following system operating parameters
should be monitored:
Clean -outs
A clean -out is located on the system just before the septic tank. If liquid backs up into
the house or the septic tank, the drainline may be clogged or the septic tank may have too
many solids in it to allow adequate flow through. A qualified contractor should be
contacted to unclog any blockages via these clean -outs. A pumping contractor should be
used to empty solids from the septic tank.
Septic Tank Effluent Filter Cleaning
The effluent filter attached to the outlet pipe of the septic tank should be cleaned every 6-
months, or per manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more frequent. A
contractor or septic system professional can do this for you; however, this task can be
performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge. Remove the septic tank
lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded or snap into place). Be
sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater since it could contain
harmful bacteria or viruses. Depending on the filter housing, you may need to prevent
flow from leaving the tank while the filter is removed. To clean the filter, use a garden
hose with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter. Once the filter is clean, place
it back in the septic tank. Disinfect the plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2
cup Clorox or equivalent to 1-gallon water). Replace the septic tank lid.
Pump ON/OFF and Emergency HIGH Level Switches
The pump switches are used to control the operation of the pump. This system is
designed such that the pump is on for designated intervals set forth in the design
specifications. The pump operation is a timed dosing setup. When there is sufficient
184

liquid in the tank, the pump will operate at a specific time for a designated interval. In
periods of high water (following a rain event), the pump may operate more frequently.
An emergency high level switch is located in the pump tank that triggers an audible and
visual alarm in the event the liquid level gets too high. In this situation, the following
steps should be taken:
• Stop use of all water in the residence (to stop flow into the pump tank),
• Verify that the system has electrical power.
• Contact a qualified contractor to inspect the system (if needed)
If it has rained recently the pump may not be operating because the rain sensor is
temporarily blocking the system from operating. If this is the case, then the pump will
resume operation once it is dry enough. If the pump tank is in danger of overflowing and
continued rainfall is expected, contact a septic tank pump contractor to remove a portion
of the liquid in the pump tank. The pump tank has been designed to accommodate
approximately 5 days of effluent storage under normal usage. As a result, prolonged
periods of rain may cause a back-up of effluent in the system since the rain sensor
prevents application of effluent onto the drip field.
In general, a contractor or licensed professional should be contacted under any
circumstances where you are uncomfortable in operating the system or troubleshooting a
problem More detailed information on the installation and maintenance of specific
components of this system can be found in the manufacturer's installation and
maintenance specifications attached as part of this package. If you have difficulty finding
this information, please contact the manufacturer of the component.
6
185

Appendix L
Operation and Maintenance Agreement
INTO

DocuSign Envelope ID: 36D3C9BC-81CD-4224-82AA-E67BE24C90F6
State of North Carolina
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources
DWR
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Division of Water Resources FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13
Permit No.
County: Cabarrus
Property owner(s) as appearing on the recorded deed: Shannon Barringer Carter & Craig Allan Carter
Mailing address: 8271 Quail Hollow Drive, Harrisburg, NC 28075
Facility address: Abilene Rd, Concord, NC 28025 ; Cabarrus Co PIN # 55498193060000
Irrigation Method: ❑ SPRAY ❑X DRIP
I / We agree to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as follows:
1. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire wastewater treatment and irrigation
system including, but not limited to, the following items:
a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed.
b. The septic tank effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned annually.
c. Accessible sand filter surfaces shall be raked and leveled every six months and any vegetative growth shall be
removed manually.
d. ❑ The tablet chlorinator shall be checked weekly. Wastewater grade tablets (calcium hypochlorite) shall be
added as needed to provide proper chlorination (pool chlorine tablets shall not be used), OR
❑X The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked weekly. The lamp(s) and quartz sleeve(s) shall be
cleaned or replaced as needed to ensure proper disinfection.
e. All pump and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly.
f. The irrigation system shall be inspected monthly to ensure that the system is free of leaks, that all irrigation
equipment is operating as designed, that vegetative growth does not interfere with the system inspection or
operation, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no visible runoff or ponding, and
that no objectionable odors are being generated.
2. Failure to pay the annual fee shall be cause for the Division to revoke the permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T
.0105(c)(3).
3. The Permittee's failure to properly operate this system is subject to a penalty up to $25,000 per day.
4. Failure to meet the permit conditions or violation of the State's surface water or groundwater regulations may void
the permit.
All owners appearing on the legally recorded property deed shall sign this Operation & Maintenance Agreement
I / We understand the above requirements and agree to these terms as part of the issued permit.
6 Si+�mxel by:
Owner Signature:�Date:
6 SlgvueJ b�
Owner Signature: c Date:
9/20/2021
9/20/2021
FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13 187 Page 1 of 1

Appendix M
County Health Department Denial Letter
188

CABARRUS
I 1EALTH
A LL I AN C E
at sVC Research Compus
Date: 4/28/2021
Re: Application for improvement permit for property site: PIN#554981930600,00 on Abilene IRd;
Concord', NC 28025
Cabarrus Health Alliance, Environmental Health Department file number: 01-0126
Dear Mr. And Mrs. Carter,
The CabarrUs Health Alliance Environmental Health Division in 2001, evaluated the above referenced
property at the site designated on the plat/site plan that accompanied your improvement permit
application. The evaluation was, done In accordance with the laws and rules governing wastewater
systems in North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including related statutes aind Title 15A, Subchapter
18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule .1900 and related rules.
Rased on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Cocle,
Rule .19,40 through, .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a sanitary system of
sewage treatment and disposal. Therefore, we must deny your request for an improvement permit..A
copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based on the following:
Unsuitable sod topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940)
. ... . ...... —.— Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule 1941)
..-- Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942)
—X Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943)
Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944)
Insufficient space for septic system and repair irca (Rule .1945)
Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950)
Other (Rule 1946)
These severe soil or site limitations Could cause premature system failure, leading to the discharge of
untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, chrectly to ground water or inside your
structure.
The site evaluation included consideration of possible site modifications, as well as use of modified,
innovative, or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined that none of the
above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible option might be a system
designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -site to additional property.
I&M

Fort he reasons Set Out above, the property is currently classified! UNSUITABLE, and no improvement
permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c).
Note that a site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if written
documentation is provided that meets the requirements of Rule .1948(d). A copy of this rule is
enclosed. You may hire a consultaint to assist you if you wish to, try to develop a plan under which your
site could be reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE.
You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by the soil
scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You, may also request an
informal review by the North Carolina Department of Health and Hurnan Services regional soil scientist.
A request for informail review must be made in writing to the local health department.
You also have a right to aformal appeal of this decision, To pursue a formal appeal, you must file a
petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail Service
Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-67'14. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the Office of
Administrative Hearings or call the office at [phone] or download it from the OAH web site at
htti2:j/www.iicoati,coLDZLo,Lrl]s.htrr)h . The petition for a contested case hearing must be filed in
accordance with the provision of North Carolina General Statutes 1.30A-.24 and 150B-23 and all other
applicable provisions of Chapter 150B. N.C. General Statute 130A-335 (g) provides that your hearing
would be held in the county where your property is located.
Please note; If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the office of
Administrative Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER. The date of this letter is
4/28/2021. Meeting the 30 day deadline is critical to Your formal appeal.
If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you are
required by law (N.C. General Statute 15013-23) to serve a copy of your petition on the Office of General
Counsel, N.G. Department of Health and Human Services, 2001. Mail Service Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699-
2001,
Do not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the local
health department will not satisfy the legal requirement in N.C. General Statute 15OB-23 that you send a
copy to the Office of General Counsel, N. C. Department of Health and Human Services.
You may caul or write the local health department if you need any additional Information or assistance.
Since
iv 4
Chrystal Swinger, REINS tjpr
Director of Environmental Health
704-920-1334
190

CS
L E A LT 11
LL CE
at NC Research Campus
Date:7/13/21
Re: Application for improvement permit for property site: Pin# - 55499036170000 — 0 Abilene Rd,
Concord NC 28025
Cabarrus Health Alliance, Environmental Health Department file number: 21-188
Dear: Carter Shannon
The Cabarrus Health Alliance Environmental Health Division on 7112121 evaluated the
above referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site plan that accompanied your
improvement permit application. According to your application the site is to serve a 3
Bedroom (describe facility — example: 3 bedroom residence, 10 employee office) with a design
wastewater flow of 360 gallons per day. The evaluation was done in accordance with
the laws and rules governing wastewater systems in North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including
related statutes and Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule .1900
and related rules.
Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code,
Rule .1940 through .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a sanitary system of
sewage treatment and disposal. Therefore, we must deny your request for an improvement permit. A
copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based on the following:
Unsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940)
x Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule
Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942)
x ._._ Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943)
Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944)
x Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945)
Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950)
Other (Rule .1946)
1941)
These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the discharge of
untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground water or inside your
structure.
The site evaluation included consideration of possible site modifications, as well as use of modified,
innovative, or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined that none of the
101

above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible option might be a system
designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -site to additional property.
For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no improvement
permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c).
Note that a site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if written
documentation is provided that meets the requirements of Rule .1948(d). A copy of this rule is
enclosed. You may hire a consultant to assist you if you wish to try to develop a plan under which your
site could be reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE.
You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by the soil
scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may also request an
informal review by the North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services regional soil scientist.
A request for informal review must be made in writing to the local health department.
You also have a right to a formal appeal of this decision. To pursue a formal appeal, you must file a
petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail Service
Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the Office of
Administrative Hearings or call the office at [phone] or download it from the OAH web site at
http://www.ncoah.com/forms.html . The petition for a contested case hearing must be filed in
accordance with the provision of North Carolina General Statutes 130A-24 and 15OB-23 and all other
applicable provisions of Chapter 150B. N.C. General Statute 130A-335 (g) provides that your hearing
would be held in the county where your property is located,
Please note: If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office of
Administrative Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER. The date of this letter is
7/13/21 . Meeting the 30 day deadline is critical to your formal appeal.
If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you are
required by law (N.C. General Statute 1508-23) to serve a copy of your petition on the Office of General
Counsel, N.C. Department of Health and Human Services, 2001 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699-
2001.
Do not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the local
health department will not satisfy the legal requirement in N.C. General Statute 150B-23 that you send a
copy to the Office of General Counsel, N. C. Department of Health and Human Services.
You may call or write the local health department if you need any additional information or assistance.
Sincerely,
Tyler W. Robertson, R.E.H.S.
Enclosures: (Enclose copy of sit evaluation)
(Copy of Rule .1948)

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Sheet 0
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH, BNVIRONNMNTAL HEALTH SECTION PROPERTY ID #:
ON SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH COUNTY:
SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
for ON -SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM
(Complete all fields in full)
OWNER: (pW- &Iymno-K APPLICATION DATE
ADDRESS: DATE EVALUATED,
PROPOSED FACILITY- PROPOSED DESIGN FLOW (,1949): :?&o PROPERTY SIZE:
LOCATION Or, SITE: PROPERTY RECORDED:
WATER SUPPLY: 0 Private 11 Public AyWell 0 Spring 0 other
EVALUATION METHOD: - Auger Boring CI Pit []Cut TYPE OF WASTEWATER: Sewage 0 Industrial. Process El Mixed
. ..........
P p
R---------
0 SOMMORPHOLOGY OTHER
F (.1941) PROFILE FACTORS
.1940
L
B LANDSCAPE HORIZON
POSITION/ DEPTH PROKLE
9 SLOPE % .1942 CLASS
QQ
eq
z
DESCRTTION
vaflable Space (.1945)
stem Type(s)
o LTAR
zvrs:Eop
u
1941
.,941
ovi-11 .11141 .1956 .1944
STRUCTURE/
CONSISTENCE/
-WETNESS1 SOIL SAPRO RESTR
I I
-TEXTURE
MINERALOGY
COLOR DEPTH CLASS HORTZ
/o
"I z"
-j�
INITIAL SYSTEM REPAIR SYSTEM OTHER FACTORS (. 1946),
SITE CLASSIFICATION (.1948):
EVALUATED BY: T --q4L—
OTHER(S) PRESEN—T.
& LTAR
m
a
0.

/ \
194

Appendix N
Floodway Regulation Compliance
195

Q 4)
�v v m 2
MA o or Im
Ic' z-,m,
m Tw
mo E
E 6 E
E
75 r -6 '2
L8 v Z
3 2 2 16 Z5 E E
cL 't E- - — 4,
c' 12 m w m In
�w 9 ��p -- 5 Q 5 m
�s 5 ain, (A
om
�a 2 8
Iq
t,
=o i=f 79
zo It E lo a ...................................................................................................... I .................................................................... .......... ............. . ........................................................ E
_j L' a:
0 Lu
La a E
z r rl
iz 'o
< zoddd
o E
cc < LL GC
pp tr 0 m 2 -z w 'm
La
I
I
Ott
ou
ca
cy
LO
CN
Cam:

Appendix O
Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation
198

-----------------------------------------------------
IUIU, %CNN
RED OR S,11C DEPAIRTMENI OF
P,o rUR'�AL Aa D cut.TURAL. RESOURCE
IIVV11.. IIVIVIVIUIV��IIIIVV
April 12, 2021
Julie Davidson
Agriwaste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem St.
Apex, NC 27502
RE: Onsite Wastewater Design Downey; Downey
Dear Julie Davidson:
1'oru u:',,u�hu�ir, a���zu�WSW^Wunm�rir
W,II� er ,Lar"Iz
uu`u�u,1 u� Vuii'40'un uuf Lavrufi and Vla tet
NC N H D E-14442
The North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP) appreciates the opportunity to provide
information about natural heritage resources for the project referenced above.
A query of the NCNHP database, based on the project area mapped with your request, indicates
that there are no records for rare species, important natural communities, natural areas, and/or
conservation/managed areas within the proposed project boundary, or within a one -mile radius of
the project boundary.
Please note that although there may be no documentation of natural heritage elements within or
near the project boundary, it does not imply or confirm their absence; the area may not have been
surveyed. The results of this query should not be substituted for field surveys where suitable habitat
exists. In the event that rare species are found within the project area, please contact the NCNHP so
that we may update our records.
Please also note that natural heritage element data are maintained for the purposes of conservation
planning, project review, and scientific research, and are not intended for use as the primary criteria
for regulatory decisions. Information provided by the NCNHP database may not be published
without prior written notification to the NCNHP, and the NCNHP must be credited as an information
source in these publications. Maps of NCNHP data may also not be redistributed without
permission.
If you have questions regarding the information provided in this letter or need additional assistance,
please contact Rodney A. Butler at rod ney.butler�ncdcr.gov or 919.707.8603.
Sincerely,
NC Natural Heritage Program
u 199 y%,

\ f I,
0-0